1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF 2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. 4 5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 6 7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 10 (at your option) any later version. 11 12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 GNU General Public License for more details. 16 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 along with this program; if not, write to the 19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, 20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 21 22 23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The 24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes 25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that 26 information may also not match. */ 27 28 #include "sysdep.h" 29 #include <stdarg.h> 30 #include "bfd.h" 31 #include "bfdlink.h" 32 #include "libbfd.h" 33 #include "elf-bfd.h" 34 #include "elf/ppc.h" 35 #include "elf32-ppc.h" 36 #include "elf-vxworks.h" 37 #include "dwarf2.h" 38 #include "opcode/ppc.h" 39 40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */ 41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1 42 43 typedef enum split16_format_type 44 { 45 split16a_type = 0, 46 split16d_type 47 } 48 split16_format_type; 49 50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */ 51 52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc 53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc 55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 56 57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */ 58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000 59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */ 60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000 61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */ 62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16 63 64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp 65 section. */ 66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1" 67 68 /* For old-style PLT. */ 69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */ 70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192 71 72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */ 73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4 74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \ 75 ((4*4 \ 76 + (h != NULL \ 77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \ 78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \ 79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \ 80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align)) 81 82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */ 83 84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */ 85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32 86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry 87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 88 { 89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */ 95 0x60000000, /* nop */ 96 0x60000000, /* nop */ 97 }; 98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 100 { 101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */ 102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */ 107 0x60000000, /* nop */ 108 0x60000000, /* nop */ 109 }; 110 111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */ 112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32 113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry 114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 115 { 116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */ 118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */ 119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */ 120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */ 121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 122 0x60000000, /* nop */ 123 0x60000000, /* nop */ 124 }; 125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 127 { 128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */ 129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */ 131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 132 0x60000000, /* nop */ 133 0x60000000, /* nop */ 134 0x60000000, /* nop */ 135 0x60000000, /* nop */ 136 }; 137 138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in 139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */ 140 141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */ 142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3 143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */ 144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating 146 a shared library. */ 147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 148 149 /* Some instructions. */ 150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000 151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000 152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000 153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000 154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14 155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214 156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14 157 #define B 0x48000000 158 #define BA 0x48000002 159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020 162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000 163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000 164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000 165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000 166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000 167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000 168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000 169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000 170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000 171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000 172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78 173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378 174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6 175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6 176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6 177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6 178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6 179 #define NOP 0x60000000 180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850 181 182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */ 183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 185 186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */ 187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \ 188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \ 189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \ 190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value) 191 192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */ 193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple 194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is 195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative. 196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at 197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24 198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here, 199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */ 200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \ 201 complain, special_func) \ 202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \ 203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \ 204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative) 205 206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max]; 207 208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = { 209 /* This reloc does nothing. */ 210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 212 213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */ 214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 216 217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 221 222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */ 223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, 224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 225 226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */ 227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 229 230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */ 231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 233 234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of 235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 238 239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 243 244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two 246 bits must be zero. */ 247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 249 250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower 252 two bits must be zero. */ 253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 255 256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 259 260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 263 264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be 266 zero. */ 267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 269 270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must 272 be zero. */ 273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 275 276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the 277 symbol. */ 278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 280 281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for 282 the symbol. */ 283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 285 286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for 287 the symbol. */ 288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 290 291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for 292 the symbol. */ 293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 295 296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table 297 entry for the symbol. */ 298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 300 301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist 302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The 303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the 304 shared library into the object, because the object being 305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */ 306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 308 309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table 310 entries. */ 311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 313 314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */ 315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 317 318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this 319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the 320 addend. */ 321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 323 324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the 325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for 326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 329 330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */ 331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 333 334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */ 335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, 336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 337 338 /* 32-bit PC relative */ 339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont, 340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 341 342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 343 FIXME: not supported. */ 344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 346 347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 348 FIXME: not supported. */ 349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont, 350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 351 352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for 353 the symbol. */ 354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 356 357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for 358 the symbol. */ 359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 361 362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for 363 the symbol. */ 364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 366 367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with 368 small data items. */ 369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 371 372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */ 373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 375 376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */ 377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 379 380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */ 381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 383 384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */ 385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 387 388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */ 389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 391 392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 394 395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 397 398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */ 399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 401 402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 404 405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the 406 definition of its TLS sym. */ 407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 409 410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value 411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that 412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */ 413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 415 416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */ 417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 419 420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 423 424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 427 428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 431 432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of 433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */ 434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 436 437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */ 438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 440 441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 444 445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 448 449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 452 453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset 455 to the first entry. */ 456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 458 459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */ 460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 462 463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 466 467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 470 471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the 473 first entry. */ 474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 476 477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */ 478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 480 481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 484 485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 488 489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes 490 the offset to the entry. */ 491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 493 494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 497 498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 501 502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 505 506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the 507 offset to the entry. */ 508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 510 511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 514 515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 518 519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 522 523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not 524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */ 525 526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 529 530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 533 534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 537 538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */ 539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 541 542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address, 543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, 544 is negative. */ 545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 547 548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from 550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 553 554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from 556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 559 560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with 561 small data items. */ 562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 564 565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit 566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register 567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 570 571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */ 572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */ 573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */ 574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */ 575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */ 576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */ 577 578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling 579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the 580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 583 584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */ 585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed, 586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 587 588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */ 589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed, 590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 591 592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */ 593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed, 594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 595 596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */ 597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 599 600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */ 601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 603 604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */ 605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 607 608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */ 609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 611 612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */ 613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 615 616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */ 617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 619 620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i 621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes 622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */ 623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 625 626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */ 627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 629 630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 633 634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 637 638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 641 642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 645 646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */ 647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 649 650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */ 651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 653 654 /* e_li split20 format. */ 655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont, 656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 657 658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 660 661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */ 662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed, 663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 664 665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */ 666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont, 667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 668 669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */ 670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, 671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 672 673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of 674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, 676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 677 678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */ 679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed, 680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 681 682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */ 683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed, 684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 685 686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ 687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 688 NULL), 689 690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ 691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 692 NULL), 693 694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */ 695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 697 }; 698 699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */ 700 701 static void 702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void) 703 { 704 unsigned int i, type; 705 706 for (i = 0; 707 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 708 i++) 709 { 710 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type; 711 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table) 712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0]))) 713 abort (); 714 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 715 } 716 } 717 718 static reloc_howto_type * 719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) 721 { 722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r; 723 724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 726 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 727 728 switch (code) 729 { 730 default: 731 return NULL; 732 733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break; 734 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break; 736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: 737 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break; 738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: 739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break; 740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break; 741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break; 742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break; 743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break; 744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break; 745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break; 746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break; 747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break; 748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break; 749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: 750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break; 751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: 752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break; 753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break; 754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break; 755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break; 756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break; 757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break; 758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break; 759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break; 760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break; 761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break; 762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: 763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break; 764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break; 765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break; 766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break; 767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: 768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break; 769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: 770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break; 771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break; 772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break; 773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: 775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break; 776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break; 777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break; 778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break; 779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break; 780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: 781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break; 782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: 783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break; 784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break; 785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break; 786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break; 787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: 788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break; 789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: 790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break; 791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break; 792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break; 793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break; 794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break; 795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break; 796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break; 797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break; 798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break; 799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break; 800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break; 801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break; 802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break; 803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break; 804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break; 805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break; 806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break; 807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break; 808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break; 809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break; 810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break; 811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break; 812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break; 813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break; 814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break; 815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break; 816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break; 817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break; 818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break; 819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break; 820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break; 821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break; 822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break; 823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break; 824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break; 825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break; 826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break; 827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break; 828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break; 829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break; 830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break; 831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break; 832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break; 833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break; 834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break; 835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break; 836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break; 837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A; 839 break; 840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D; 842 break; 843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A; 845 break; 846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D; 848 break; 849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A; 851 break; 852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 853 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D; 854 break; 855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break; 856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break; 857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break; 858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break; 859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break; 860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break; 861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break; 862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break; 863 } 864 865 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r]; 866 }; 867 868 static reloc_howto_type * 869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 870 const char *r_name) 871 { 872 unsigned int i; 873 874 for (i = 0; 875 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 876 i++) 877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL 878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0) 879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 880 881 return NULL; 882 } 883 884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ 885 886 static bfd_boolean 887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, 888 arelent *cache_ptr, 889 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) 890 { 891 unsigned int r_type; 892 893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 895 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 896 897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); 898 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max) 899 { 900 /* xgettext:c-format */ 901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 902 abfd, r_type); 903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 904 return FALSE; 905 } 906 907 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 908 909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that 910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */ 911 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL) 912 { 913 /* xgettext:c-format */ 914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 915 abfd, r_type); 916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 917 918 return FALSE; 919 } 920 921 return TRUE; 922 } 923 924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */ 925 926 static bfd_reloc_status_type 927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, 928 arelent *reloc_entry, 929 asymbol *symbol, 930 void *data, 931 asection *input_section, 932 bfd *output_bfd, 933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 934 { 935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 936 long insn; 937 bfd_size_type octets; 938 bfd_vma value; 939 940 if (output_bfd != NULL) 941 { 942 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 943 return bfd_reloc_ok; 944 } 945 946 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; 947 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; 948 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 949 return bfd_reloc_continue; 950 951 value = 0; 952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 953 value = symbol->value; 954 value += (reloc_entry->addend 955 + symbol->section->output_offset 956 + symbol->section->output_section->vma); 957 value -= (reloc_entry->address 958 + input_section->output_offset 959 + input_section->output_section->vma); 960 value >>= 16; 961 962 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); 963 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 964 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 965 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15); 966 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 967 return bfd_reloc_ok; 968 } 969 970 static bfd_reloc_status_type 971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, 972 arelent *reloc_entry, 973 asymbol *symbol, 974 void *data, 975 asection *input_section, 976 bfd *output_bfd, 977 char **error_message) 978 { 979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just 980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final 981 link time. */ 982 if (output_bfd != NULL) 983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 984 input_section, output_bfd, error_message); 985 986 if (error_message != NULL) 987 { 988 static char buf[60]; 989 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"), 990 reloc_entry->howto->name); 991 *error_message = buf; 992 } 993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous; 994 } 995 996 /* Sections created by the linker. */ 997 998 typedef struct elf_linker_section 999 { 1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */ 1001 asection *section; 1002 /* Section name. */ 1003 const char *name; 1004 /* Associated bss section name. */ 1005 const char *bss_name; 1006 /* Associated symbol name. */ 1007 const char *sym_name; 1008 /* Associated symbol. */ 1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym; 1010 } elf_linker_section_t; 1011 1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the 1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers, 1014 based on different addend's. */ 1015 1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers 1017 { 1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */ 1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next; 1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */ 1021 bfd_vma offset; 1022 /* addend used */ 1023 bfd_vma addend; 1024 /* which linker section this is */ 1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect; 1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t; 1027 1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata 1029 { 1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf; 1031 1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker 1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */ 1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers; 1035 1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */ 1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1; 1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1; 1039 }; 1040 1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \ 1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) 1043 1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \ 1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers) 1046 1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \ 1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ 1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) 1050 1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */ 1052 1053 static bfd_boolean 1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) 1055 { 1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata), 1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA); 1058 } 1059 1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */ 1061 1062 bfd_boolean 1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd) 1064 { 1065 unsigned long mach = 0; 1066 asection *s; 1067 unsigned char *contents; 1068 1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32 1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd)) 1071 { 1072 1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1075 break; 1076 if (s != NULL) 1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1078 } 1079 1080 if (mach == 0) 1081 { 1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1083 if (s != NULL 1084 && s->size >= 24 1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents)) 1086 { 1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4); 1088 unsigned int i; 1089 1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4) 1091 { 1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i); 1093 switch (val >> 16) 1094 { 1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR: 1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI: 1097 if (mach == 0) 1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan; 1099 break; 1100 1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL: 1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK: 1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan) 1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc; 1105 break; 1106 1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE: 1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS: 1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK: 1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle) 1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500; 1112 break; 1113 1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE: 1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1116 break; 1117 1118 default: 1119 mach = -1ul; 1120 } 1121 } 1122 free (contents); 1123 } 1124 } 1125 1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul) 1127 { 1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch; 1129 1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next) 1131 if (arch->mach == mach) 1132 { 1133 abfd->arch_info = arch; 1134 break; 1135 } 1136 } 1137 return TRUE; 1138 } 1139 1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the 1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */ 1142 1143 static bfd_boolean 1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) 1145 { 1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default) 1147 return TRUE; 1148 1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64) 1150 { 1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); 1152 1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) 1154 { 1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */ 1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next; 1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32); 1158 } 1159 } 1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd); 1161 } 1162 1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */ 1164 1165 static bfd_boolean 1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) 1167 { 1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) 1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); 1170 1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; 1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; 1173 return TRUE; 1174 } 1175 1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ 1177 1178 static bfd_boolean 1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1180 { 1181 int offset; 1182 unsigned int size; 1183 1184 switch (note->descsz) 1185 { 1186 default: 1187 return FALSE; 1188 1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */ 1190 /* pr_cursig */ 1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); 1192 1193 /* pr_pid */ 1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); 1195 1196 /* pr_reg */ 1197 offset = 72; 1198 size = 192; 1199 1200 break; 1201 } 1202 1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", 1205 size, note->descpos + offset); 1206 } 1207 1208 static bfd_boolean 1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1210 { 1211 switch (note->descsz) 1212 { 1213 default: 1214 return FALSE; 1215 1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */ 1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid 1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16); 1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program 1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16); 1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command 1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80); 1223 } 1224 1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked 1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) 1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ 1228 1229 { 1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; 1231 int n = strlen (command); 1232 1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') 1234 command[n - 1] = '\0'; 1235 } 1236 1237 return TRUE; 1238 } 1239 1240 static char * 1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...) 1242 { 1243 switch (note_type) 1244 { 1245 default: 1246 return NULL; 1247 1248 case NT_PRPSINFO: 1249 { 1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING; 1251 va_list ap; 1252 1253 va_start (ap, note_type); 1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data)); 1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16); 1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH; 1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with 1259 -Wstringop-truncation: 1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643 1261 */ 1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION; 1263 #endif 1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80); 1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP; 1267 #endif 1268 va_end (ap); 1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1271 } 1272 1273 case NT_PRSTATUS: 1274 { 1275 char data[268]; 1276 va_list ap; 1277 long pid; 1278 int cursig; 1279 const void *greg; 1280 1281 va_start (ap, note_type); 1282 memset (data, 0, 72); 1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long); 1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24); 1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int); 1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12); 1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *); 1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192); 1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4); 1290 va_end (ap); 1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1293 } 1294 } 1295 } 1296 1297 static flagword 1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name) 1299 { 1300 1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE")) 1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE; 1303 1304 return 0; 1305 } 1306 1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL 1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ 1309 1310 static bfd_vma 1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1313 const arelent *rel) 1314 { 1315 return rel->address; 1316 } 1317 1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This 1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown 1320 type. */ 1321 1322 static bfd_boolean 1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 1325 const char *name, 1326 int shindex) 1327 { 1328 asection *newsect; 1329 flagword flags; 1330 1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1332 return FALSE; 1333 1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section; 1335 flags = 0; 1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) 1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1338 1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED) 1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES; 1341 1342 if (strncmp (name, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0) 1343 name += 8; 1344 if (strncmp (name, ".sbss", 5) == 0 1345 || strncmp (name, ".sdata", 6) == 0) 1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA; 1347 1348 return (flags == 0 1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags)); 1350 } 1351 1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */ 1353 1354 static bfd_boolean 1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr, 1357 asection *asect) 1358 { 1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0) 1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED; 1361 1362 return TRUE; 1363 } 1364 1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we 1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */ 1367 1368 static int 1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, 1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1371 { 1372 asection *s; 1373 int ret = 0; 1374 1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2"); 1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1377 ++ret; 1378 1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0"); 1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1381 ++ret; 1382 1383 return ret; 1384 } 1385 1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */ 1387 1388 bfd_boolean 1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1391 { 1392 struct elf_segment_map *m; 1393 1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by 1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure 1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment. 1397 If we find that case, we split the segment. 1398 We maintain the original output section order. */ 1399 1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) 1401 { 1402 struct elf_segment_map *n; 1403 size_t amt; 1404 unsigned int j, k; 1405 unsigned int p_flags; 1406 1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0) 1408 continue; 1409 1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j) 1411 { 1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1413 p_flags |= PF_W; 1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1415 { 1416 p_flags |= PF_X; 1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1419 break; 1420 } 1421 } 1422 if (j != m->count) 1423 while (++j != m->count) 1424 { 1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R; 1426 1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W; 1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1430 { 1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X; 1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1435 break; 1436 } 1437 p_flags |= p_flags1; 1438 } 1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw 1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the 1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we 1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */ 1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid) 1444 { 1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 1446 m->p_flags = p_flags; 1447 } 1448 if (j == m->count) 1449 continue; 1450 1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment, 1452 the remainder are put in a new segment. 1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */ 1454 1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 1458 if (n == NULL) 1459 return FALSE; 1460 1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD; 1462 n->count = m->count - j; 1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k) 1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k]; 1465 m->count = j; 1466 m->p_size_valid = 0; 1467 n->next = m->next; 1468 m->next = n; 1469 } 1470 1471 return TRUE; 1472 } 1473 1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and 1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so 1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than 1477 2 sections. */ 1478 1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] = 1480 { 1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC }, 1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, 1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 1491 }; 1492 1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */ 1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt = 1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }; 1496 1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 1499 { 1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; 1501 1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ 1503 if (sec->name == NULL) 1504 return NULL; 1505 1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections, 1507 sec->use_rela_p); 1508 if (ssect != NULL) 1509 { 1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt; 1512 return ssect; 1513 } 1514 1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 1516 } 1517 1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */ 1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list 1520 { 1521 struct apuinfo_list *next; 1522 unsigned long value; 1523 } 1524 apuinfo_list; 1525 1526 static apuinfo_list *head; 1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set; 1528 1529 static void 1530 apuinfo_list_init (void) 1531 { 1532 head = NULL; 1533 apuinfo_set = FALSE; 1534 } 1535 1536 static void 1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value) 1538 { 1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head; 1540 1541 while (entry != NULL) 1542 { 1543 if (entry->value == value) 1544 return; 1545 entry = entry->next; 1546 } 1547 1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry)); 1549 if (entry == NULL) 1550 return; 1551 1552 entry->value = value; 1553 entry->next = head; 1554 head = entry; 1555 } 1556 1557 static unsigned 1558 apuinfo_list_length (void) 1559 { 1560 apuinfo_list *entry; 1561 unsigned long count; 1562 1563 for (entry = head, count = 0; 1564 entry; 1565 entry = entry->next) 1566 ++ count; 1567 1568 return count; 1569 } 1570 1571 static inline unsigned long 1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number) 1573 { 1574 apuinfo_list * entry; 1575 1576 for (entry = head; 1577 entry && number --; 1578 entry = entry->next) 1579 ; 1580 1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0; 1582 } 1583 1584 static void 1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void) 1586 { 1587 apuinfo_list *entry; 1588 1589 for (entry = head; entry;) 1590 { 1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next; 1592 free (entry); 1593 entry = next; 1594 } 1595 1596 head = NULL; 1597 } 1598 1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of 1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */ 1601 1602 static void 1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 1604 { 1605 bfd *ibfd; 1606 asection *asec; 1607 char *buffer = NULL; 1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0; 1609 unsigned i; 1610 unsigned long length; 1611 const char *error_message = NULL; 1612 1613 if (link_info == NULL) 1614 return; 1615 1616 apuinfo_list_init (); 1617 1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */ 1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 1620 { 1621 unsigned long datum; 1622 1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1624 if (asec == NULL) 1625 continue; 1626 1627 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB"); 1629 length = asec->size; 1630 if (length < 20) 1631 goto fail; 1632 1633 apuinfo_set = TRUE; 1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size) 1635 { 1636 free (buffer); 1637 largest_input_size = asec->size; 1638 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size); 1639 if (!buffer) 1640 return; 1641 } 1642 1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length)) 1645 { 1646 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1647 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB"); 1648 goto fail; 1649 } 1650 1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to 1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a 1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */ 1654 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer); 1655 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL) 1656 goto fail; 1657 1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8); 1659 if (datum != 0x2) 1660 goto fail; 1661 1662 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0) 1663 goto fail; 1664 1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */ 1666 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4); 1667 if (datum + 20 != length) 1668 goto fail; 1669 1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */ 1671 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4) 1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i)); 1673 } 1674 1675 error_message = NULL; 1676 1677 if (apuinfo_set) 1678 { 1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */ 1680 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1681 1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */ 1683 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1684 1685 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4)) 1686 { 1687 ibfd = abfd; 1688 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1689 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB"); 1690 } 1691 } 1692 1693 fail: 1694 free (buffer); 1695 1696 if (error_message) 1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd); 1698 } 1699 1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections' 1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */ 1702 1703 static bfd_boolean 1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1705 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1706 asection *asec, 1707 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1708 { 1709 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0; 1710 } 1711 1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */ 1713 1714 static void 1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 1716 { 1717 bfd_byte *buffer; 1718 asection *asec; 1719 unsigned i; 1720 unsigned num_entries; 1721 bfd_size_type length; 1722 1723 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1724 if (asec == NULL) 1725 return; 1726 1727 if (!apuinfo_set) 1728 return; 1729 1730 length = asec->size; 1731 if (length < 20) 1732 return; 1733 1734 buffer = bfd_malloc (length); 1735 if (buffer == NULL) 1736 { 1737 _bfd_error_handler 1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section")); 1739 return; 1740 } 1741 1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */ 1743 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer); 1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4); 1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8); 1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL); 1748 1749 length = 20; 1750 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) 1751 { 1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length); 1753 length += 4; 1754 } 1755 1756 if (length != asec->size) 1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section")); 1758 1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length)) 1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section")); 1761 1762 free (buffer); 1763 1764 apuinfo_list_finish (); 1765 } 1766 1767 static bfd_boolean 1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 1769 { 1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); 1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd); 1772 } 1773 1774 static bfd_boolean 1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off) 1776 { 1777 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4]; 1778 1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf)) 1780 return FALSE; 1781 1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11 1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11 1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11 1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR); 1786 } 1787 1788 static bfd_boolean 1789 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr) 1790 { 1791 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr; 1792 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 1793 && section->vma <= vma 1794 && vma < section->vma + section->size); 1795 } 1796 1797 static long 1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms, 1799 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, 1800 asymbol **ret) 1801 { 1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); 1803 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink; 1804 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0; 1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0; 1806 bfd_vma stub_off; 1807 asymbol *s; 1808 arelent *p; 1809 size_t count, i, stub_delta; 1810 size_t size; 1811 char *names; 1812 bfd_byte buf[4]; 1813 1814 *ret = NULL; 1815 1816 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) 1817 return 0; 1818 1819 if (dynsymcount <= 0) 1820 return 0; 1821 1822 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); 1823 if (relplt == NULL) 1824 return 0; 1825 1826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 1827 if (plt == NULL) 1828 return 0; 1829 1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */ 1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR) 1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, 1833 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret); 1834 1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address 1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */ 1837 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 1838 if (dynamic != NULL) 1839 { 1840 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend; 1841 size_t extdynsize; 1842 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); 1843 1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf)) 1845 return -1; 1846 1847 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; 1848 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; 1849 1850 extdyn = dynbuf; 1851 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size; 1852 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) 1853 { 1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 1855 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); 1856 1857 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) 1858 break; 1859 1860 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT) 1861 { 1862 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val; 1863 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); 1864 if (got != NULL 1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf, 1866 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4)) 1867 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1868 break; 1869 } 1870 } 1871 free (dynbuf); 1872 } 1873 1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */ 1875 if (glink_vma == 0) 1876 { 1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4)) 1878 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1879 } 1880 1881 if (glink_vma == 0) 1882 return 0; 1883 1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final 1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the 1886 glink stubs now reside. */ 1887 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma); 1888 if (glink == NULL) 1889 return 0; 1890 1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch 1892 from the first glink stub. */ 1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1894 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4)) 1895 { 1896 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1897 1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */ 1899 insn ^= B; 1900 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0) 1901 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000; 1902 1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */ 1904 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0) 1905 for (i = 4; 1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1907 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4); 1908 i += 4) 1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP) 1910 { 1911 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i; 1912 break; 1913 } 1914 } 1915 1916 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have 1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then 1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short 1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub. 1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of 1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 1923 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1924 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8) 1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta)) 1926 break; 1927 if (stub_delta > 32) 1928 return 0; 1929 1930 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) 1932 return -1; 1933 1934 size = count * sizeof (asymbol); 1935 p = relplt->relocation; 1936 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) 1937 { 1938 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); 1939 if (p->addend != 0) 1940 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; 1941 } 1942 1943 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink"); 1944 1945 if (resolv_vma) 1946 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 1947 1948 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); 1949 if (s == NULL) 1950 return -1; 1951 1952 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1953 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0)); 1954 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1; 1955 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 1956 { 1957 size_t len; 1958 1959 stub_off -= stub_delta; 1960 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0) 1961 stub_off -= 32; 1962 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; 1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since 1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ 1965 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) 1966 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 1967 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1968 s->section = glink; 1969 s->value = stub_off; 1970 s->name = names; 1971 s->udata.p = NULL; 1972 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); 1973 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); 1974 names += len; 1975 if (p->addend != 0) 1976 { 1977 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); 1978 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; 1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend); 1980 names += strlen (names); 1981 } 1982 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); 1983 names += sizeof ("@plt"); 1984 ++s; 1985 --p; 1986 } 1987 1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */ 1989 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 1990 s->the_bfd = abfd; 1991 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1992 s->section = glink; 1993 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1994 s->name = names; 1995 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink")); 1996 names += sizeof ("__glink"); 1997 s++; 1998 count++; 1999 2000 if (resolv_vma) 2001 { 2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */ 2003 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 2004 s->the_bfd = abfd; 2005 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 2006 s->section = glink; 2007 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma; 2008 s->name = names; 2009 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve")); 2010 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 2011 s++; 2012 count++; 2013 } 2014 2015 return count; 2016 } 2017 2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while 2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more 2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg. 2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process, 2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions 2023 called. */ 2024 2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more 2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */ 2027 struct plt_entry 2028 { 2029 struct plt_entry *next; 2030 2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2". 2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the 2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current 2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2 2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */ 2036 bfd_vma addend; 2037 2038 /* The .got2 section. */ 2039 asection *sec; 2040 2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */ 2042 union 2043 { 2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2045 bfd_vma offset; 2046 } plt; 2047 2048 /* .glink stub offset. */ 2049 bfd_vma glink_offset; 2050 }; 2051 2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this 2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared 2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */ 2055 2056 static int 2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2059 { 2060 switch (r_type) 2061 { 2062 default: 2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load 2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the 2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from 2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */ 2067 return 1; 2068 2069 case R_PPC_REL24: 2070 case R_PPC_REL14: 2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 2073 case R_PPC_REL32: 2074 return 0; 2075 2076 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the 2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */ 2083 return bfd_link_dll (info); 2084 } 2085 } 2086 2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid 2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss 2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the 2090 shared lib. */ 2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 2092 2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */ 2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs 2095 { 2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next; 2097 2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */ 2099 asection *sec; 2100 2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ 2102 unsigned int count : 31; 2103 2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ 2105 unsigned int ifunc : 1; 2106 }; 2107 2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */ 2109 2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry 2111 { 2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; 2113 2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor 2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset 2116 from the beginning of the section. */ 2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer; 2118 2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT. 2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are 2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any 2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when 2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not 2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also 2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one. 2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */ 2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */ 2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */ 2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */ 2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */ 2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */ 2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */ 2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */ 2134 unsigned char tls_mask; 2135 2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which 2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */ 2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ 2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */ 2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */ 2141 2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this 2143 symbol. */ 2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1; 2145 2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */ 2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1; 2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1; 2149 }; 2150 2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent)) 2152 2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2154 2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table 2156 { 2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf; 2158 2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */ 2160 struct ppc_elf_params *params; 2161 2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ 2163 asection *glink; 2164 asection *dynsbss; 2165 asection *relsbss; 2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2]; 2167 asection *sbss; 2168 asection *glink_eh_frame; 2169 asection *pltlocal; 2170 asection *relpltlocal; 2171 2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */ 2173 asection *srelplt2; 2174 2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */ 2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr; 2177 2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */ 2179 bfd *old_bfd; 2180 2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */ 2182 union { 2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2184 bfd_vma offset; 2185 } tlsld_got; 2186 2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */ 2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve; 2189 2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */ 2191 unsigned int got_header_size; 2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */ 2193 unsigned int got_gap; 2194 2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */ 2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type; 2197 2198 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers, 2199 referenced by dynamic relocations. */ 2200 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2201 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2202 2203 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */ 2204 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1; 2205 2206 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */ 2207 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1; 2208 2209 /* The size of PLT entries. */ 2210 int plt_entry_size; 2211 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */ 2212 int plt_slot_size; 2213 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */ 2214 int plt_initial_entry_size; 2215 }; 2216 2217 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they 2218 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */ 2219 2220 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */ 2221 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0 2222 2223 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker 2224 relocs. */ 2225 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1 2226 2227 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */ 2228 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2 2229 2230 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ 2231 2232 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \ 2233 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \ 2234 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \ 2235 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL) 2236 2237 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2238 2239 static struct bfd_hash_entry * 2240 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 2241 struct bfd_hash_table *table, 2242 const char *string) 2243 { 2244 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a 2245 subclass. */ 2246 if (entry == NULL) 2247 { 2248 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, 2249 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry)); 2250 if (entry == NULL) 2251 return entry; 2252 } 2253 2254 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ 2255 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); 2256 if (entry != NULL) 2257 { 2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL; 2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0; 2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0; 2261 } 2262 2263 return entry; 2264 } 2265 2266 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2267 2268 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 2269 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 2270 { 2271 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret; 2272 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params 2273 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 }; 2274 2275 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table)); 2276 if (ret == NULL) 2277 return NULL; 2278 2279 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, 2280 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc, 2281 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry), 2282 PPC32_ELF_DATA)) 2283 { 2284 free (ret); 2285 return NULL; 2286 } 2287 2288 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0; 2289 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL; 2290 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0; 2291 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL; 2292 2293 ret->params = &default_params; 2294 2295 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata"; 2296 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_"; 2297 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss"; 2298 2299 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2"; 2300 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_"; 2301 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2"; 2302 2303 ret->plt_entry_size = 12; 2304 ret->plt_slot_size = 8; 2305 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72; 2306 2307 return &ret->elf.root; 2308 } 2309 2310 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */ 2311 2312 void 2313 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params) 2314 { 2315 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2316 2317 if (htab) 2318 htab->params = params; 2319 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize); 2320 } 2321 2322 /* Create .got and the related sections. */ 2323 2324 static bfd_boolean 2325 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2326 { 2327 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2328 2329 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) 2330 return FALSE; 2331 2332 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2333 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 2334 { 2335 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it 2336 executable. */ 2337 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2338 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2339 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 2340 return FALSE; 2341 } 2342 2343 return TRUE; 2344 } 2345 2346 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and 2347 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata 2348 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */ 2349 2350 static bfd_boolean 2351 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2352 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2353 flagword flags, 2354 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2355 { 2356 asection *s; 2357 2358 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 2359 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2360 2361 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags); 2362 if (s == NULL) 2363 return FALSE; 2364 lsect->section = s; 2365 2366 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */ 2367 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name); 2368 2369 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name); 2370 if (lsect->sym == NULL) 2371 return FALSE; 2372 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000; 2373 return TRUE; 2374 } 2375 2376 static bfd_boolean 2377 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2378 { 2379 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2380 asection *s; 2381 flagword flags; 2382 int p2align; 2383 2384 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2385 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2386 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags); 2387 htab->glink = s; 2388 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4; 2389 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align) 2390 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align; 2391 if (s == NULL 2392 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align)) 2393 return FALSE; 2394 2395 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) 2396 { 2397 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2398 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2399 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags); 2400 htab->glink_eh_frame = s; 2401 if (s == NULL 2402 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2403 return FALSE; 2404 } 2405 2406 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2407 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags); 2408 htab->elf.iplt = s; 2409 if (s == NULL 2410 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4)) 2411 return FALSE; 2412 2413 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2414 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2415 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags); 2416 htab->elf.irelplt = s; 2417 if (s == NULL 2418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2419 return FALSE; 2420 2421 /* Local plt entries. */ 2422 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 2423 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2424 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt", 2425 flags); 2426 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL 2427 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2)) 2428 return FALSE; 2429 2430 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 2431 { 2432 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY 2433 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2434 htab->relpltlocal 2435 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); 2436 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL 2437 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2)) 2438 return FALSE; 2439 } 2440 2441 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0, 2442 &htab->sdata[0])) 2443 return FALSE; 2444 2445 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY, 2446 &htab->sdata[1])) 2447 return FALSE; 2448 2449 return TRUE; 2450 } 2451 2452 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped 2453 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has 2454 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */ 2455 2456 static bfd_boolean 2457 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2458 { 2459 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2460 asection *s; 2461 flagword flags; 2462 2463 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2464 2465 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2466 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info)) 2467 return FALSE; 2468 2469 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) 2470 return FALSE; 2471 2472 if (htab->glink == NULL 2473 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info)) 2474 return FALSE; 2475 2476 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss", 2477 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2478 htab->dynsbss = s; 2479 if (s == NULL) 2480 return FALSE; 2481 2482 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 2483 { 2484 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2485 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2486 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags); 2487 htab->relsbss = s; 2488 if (s == NULL 2489 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2490 return FALSE; 2491 } 2492 2493 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 2494 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) 2495 return FALSE; 2496 2497 s = htab->elf.splt; 2498 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2499 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 2500 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */ 2501 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY; 2502 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags); 2503 } 2504 2505 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ 2506 2507 static void 2508 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2509 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, 2510 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) 2511 { 2512 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; 2513 2514 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; 2515 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; 2516 2517 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask; 2518 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs; 2519 2520 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden) 2521 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic; 2522 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular; 2523 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; 2524 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref; 2525 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt; 2526 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed; 2527 2528 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */ 2529 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) 2530 return; 2531 2532 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2533 { 2534 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2535 { 2536 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 2538 2539 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym 2540 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ 2541 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 2542 { 2543 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; 2544 2545 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) 2546 if (q->sec == p->sec) 2547 { 2548 q->pc_count += p->pc_count; 2549 q->count += p->count; 2550 *pp = p->next; 2551 break; 2552 } 2553 if (q == NULL) 2554 pp = &p->next; 2555 } 2556 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs; 2557 } 2558 2559 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs; 2560 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2561 } 2562 2563 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to 2564 the symbol which just became indirect. */ 2565 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount; 2566 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0; 2567 2568 /* And plt entries. */ 2569 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2570 { 2571 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2572 { 2573 struct plt_entry **entp; 2574 struct plt_entry *ent; 2575 2576 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) 2577 { 2578 struct plt_entry *dent; 2579 2580 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) 2581 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend) 2582 { 2583 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount; 2584 *entp = ent->next; 2585 break; 2586 } 2587 if (dent == NULL) 2588 entp = &ent->next; 2589 } 2590 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist; 2591 } 2592 2593 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist; 2594 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL; 2595 } 2596 2597 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1) 2598 { 2599 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) 2600 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 2601 edir->elf.dynstr_index); 2602 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; 2603 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; 2604 eind->elf.dynindx = -1; 2605 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; 2606 } 2607 } 2608 2609 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object 2610 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */ 2611 2612 static bfd_boolean 2613 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 2614 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2615 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 2616 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2617 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2618 asection **secp, 2619 bfd_vma *valp) 2620 { 2621 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 2622 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) 2623 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd) 2624 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)) 2625 { 2626 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically 2627 put into .sbss. */ 2628 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2629 2630 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2631 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2632 { 2633 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2634 2635 if (!htab->elf.dynobj) 2636 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2637 2638 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, 2639 ".sbss", 2640 flags); 2641 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2642 return FALSE; 2643 } 2644 2645 *secp = htab->sbss; 2646 *valp = sym->st_size; 2647 } 2648 2649 return TRUE; 2650 } 2651 2652 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */ 2653 2654 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t * 2655 elf_find_pointer_linker_section 2656 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers, 2657 bfd_vma addend, 2658 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2659 { 2660 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next) 2661 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend) 2662 return linker_pointers; 2663 2664 return NULL; 2665 } 2666 2667 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */ 2668 2669 static bfd_boolean 2670 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2671 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 2672 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2673 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 2674 { 2675 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL; 2676 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 2677 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2678 bfd_size_type amt; 2679 2680 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 2681 2682 /* Is this a global symbol? */ 2683 if (h != NULL) 2684 { 2685 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 2686 2687 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2688 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2689 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer, 2690 rel->r_addend, 2691 lsect)) 2692 return TRUE; 2693 2694 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer; 2695 } 2696 else 2697 { 2698 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2699 2700 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */ 2701 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd); 2702 2703 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */ 2704 if (!ptr) 2705 { 2706 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info; 2707 2708 amt = num_symbols; 2709 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *); 2710 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 2711 2712 if (!ptr) 2713 return FALSE; 2714 2715 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr; 2716 } 2717 2718 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2719 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx], 2720 rel->r_addend, 2721 lsect)) 2722 return TRUE; 2723 2724 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx]; 2725 } 2726 2727 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate 2728 a new pointer record from internal memory. */ 2729 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL); 2730 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t); 2731 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2732 2733 if (!linker_section_ptr) 2734 return FALSE; 2735 2736 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr; 2737 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend; 2738 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect; 2739 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr; 2740 2741 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2)) 2742 return FALSE; 2743 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size; 2744 lsect->section->size += 4; 2745 2746 #ifdef DEBUG 2747 fprintf (stderr, 2748 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n", 2749 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset, 2750 (long) lsect->section->size); 2751 #endif 2752 2753 return TRUE; 2754 } 2755 2756 static struct plt_entry ** 2757 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, 2758 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 2759 unsigned long r_symndx, 2760 int tls_type) 2761 { 2762 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); 2763 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 2764 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks; 2765 2766 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2767 { 2768 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 2769 2770 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts) 2771 + sizeof (*local_plt) 2772 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); 2773 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); 2774 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2775 return NULL; 2776 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; 2777 } 2778 2779 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2780 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2781 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff; 2782 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0) 2783 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; 2784 return local_plt + r_symndx; 2785 } 2786 2787 static bfd_boolean 2788 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, 2789 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2790 { 2791 struct plt_entry *ent; 2792 2793 if (addend < 32768) 2794 sec = NULL; 2795 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2796 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2797 break; 2798 if (ent == NULL) 2799 { 2800 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent); 2801 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2802 if (ent == NULL) 2803 return FALSE; 2804 ent->next = *plist; 2805 ent->sec = sec; 2806 ent->addend = addend; 2807 ent->plt.refcount = 0; 2808 *plist = ent; 2809 } 2810 ent->plt.refcount += 1; 2811 return TRUE; 2812 } 2813 2814 static struct plt_entry * 2815 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2816 { 2817 struct plt_entry *ent; 2818 2819 if (addend < 32768) 2820 sec = NULL; 2821 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2822 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2823 break; 2824 return ent; 2825 } 2826 2827 static bfd_boolean 2828 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2829 { 2830 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2831 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC 2832 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24 2833 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14 2834 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 2835 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN 2836 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24 2837 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14 2838 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN 2839 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN 2840 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24); 2841 } 2842 2843 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */ 2844 2845 static bfd_boolean 2846 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2847 { 2848 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA 2849 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2850 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2851 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ); 2852 } 2853 2854 static void 2855 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2856 { 2857 _bfd_error_handler 2858 /* xgettext:c-format */ 2859 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"), 2860 abfd, 2861 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); 2862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2863 } 2864 2865 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and 2866 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage 2867 table. */ 2868 2869 static bfd_boolean 2870 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, 2871 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2872 asection *sec, 2873 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) 2874 { 2875 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2876 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2877 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 2879 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; 2880 asection *got2, *sreloc; 2881 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga; 2882 2883 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 2884 return TRUE; 2885 2886 #ifdef DEBUG 2887 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB", 2888 sec, abfd); 2889 #endif 2890 2891 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2892 2893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 2894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 2895 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 2896 2897 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2898 if (htab->glink == NULL) 2899 { 2900 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2901 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2902 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2903 return FALSE; 2904 } 2905 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 2906 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 2907 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 2908 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 2909 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 2910 sreloc = NULL; 2911 2912 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; 2913 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) 2914 { 2915 unsigned long r_symndx; 2916 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 2917 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 2918 int tls_type; 2919 struct plt_entry **ifunc; 2920 struct plt_entry **pltent; 2921 bfd_vma addend; 2922 2923 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2924 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 2925 h = NULL; 2926 else 2927 { 2928 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 2929 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 2930 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2931 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 2932 } 2933 2934 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got. 2935 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi 2936 startup code. */ 2937 if (h != NULL 2938 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2939 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) 2940 { 2941 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2942 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2943 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2944 return FALSE; 2945 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot); 2946 } 2947 2948 tls_type = 0; 2949 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 2950 ifunc = NULL; 2951 if (h == NULL && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 2952 { 2953 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, 2954 abfd, r_symndx); 2955 if (isym == NULL) 2956 return FALSE; 2957 2958 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 2959 { 2960 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */ 2961 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 2962 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC); 2963 if (ifunc == NULL) 2964 return FALSE; 2965 2966 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry; 2967 In a non-pie executable even when there are 2968 no plt calls. */ 2969 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 2970 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 2971 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2972 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2973 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA) 2974 { 2975 addend = 0; 2976 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 2977 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 2978 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 2979 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2980 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2981 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2982 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 2983 addend = rel->r_addend; 2984 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend)) 2985 return FALSE; 2986 } 2987 } 2988 } 2989 2990 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 2991 && is_branch_reloc (r_type) 2992 && h != NULL 2993 && h == tga) 2994 { 2995 if (rel != relocs 2996 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD 2997 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD)) 2998 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker 2999 reloc. */ 3000 ; 3001 else 3002 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ 3003 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1; 3004 } 3005 3006 switch (r_type) 3007 { 3008 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 3009 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 3010 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with 3011 its parameter symbol. */ 3012 if (h != NULL) 3013 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK; 3014 else 3015 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3016 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 3017 return FALSE; 3018 break; 3019 3020 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 3021 break; 3022 3023 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 3024 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 3025 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 3026 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 3027 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 3028 goto dogottls; 3029 3030 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 3031 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 3032 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 3034 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 3035 goto dogottls; 3036 3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 3041 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3042 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3043 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 3044 goto dogottls; 3045 3046 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 3047 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 3048 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 3049 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 3050 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 3051 dogottls: 3052 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3053 /* Fall through. */ 3054 3055 /* GOT16 relocations */ 3056 case R_PPC_GOT16: 3057 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 3058 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 3059 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 3060 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ 3061 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 3062 { 3063 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3064 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3065 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 3066 return FALSE; 3067 } 3068 if (h != NULL) 3069 { 3070 h->got.refcount += 1; 3071 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type; 3072 } 3073 else 3074 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ 3075 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type)) 3076 return FALSE; 3077 3078 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3079 an ifunc. */ 3080 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3081 { 3082 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3083 return FALSE; 3084 } 3085 break; 3086 3087 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 3088 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 3089 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3090 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0], 3091 h, rel)) 3092 return FALSE; 3093 if (h != NULL) 3094 { 3095 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3096 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3097 } 3098 break; 3099 3100 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 3101 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 3102 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 3103 { 3104 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3105 return FALSE; 3106 } 3107 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3108 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1], 3109 h, rel)) 3110 return FALSE; 3111 if (h != NULL) 3112 { 3113 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3114 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3115 } 3116 break; 3117 3118 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 3119 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3120 /* Fall through. */ 3121 3122 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 3123 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 3124 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 3125 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 3126 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 3127 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 3128 if (h != NULL) 3129 { 3130 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3131 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3132 } 3133 break; 3134 3135 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 3136 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 3137 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 3138 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 3139 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 3140 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 3141 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 3142 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 3143 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 3144 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 3145 break; 3146 3147 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 3148 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 3149 { 3150 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3151 return FALSE; 3152 } 3153 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3154 if (h != NULL) 3155 { 3156 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3157 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3158 } 3159 break; 3160 3161 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 3162 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 3163 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 3164 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 3165 if (h != NULL) 3166 { 3167 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3168 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3169 } 3170 break; 3171 3172 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 3173 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 3174 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 3175 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 3176 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 3177 if (h != NULL) 3178 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3179 break; 3180 3181 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 3182 if (h == NULL) 3183 break; 3184 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 3185 goto pltentry; 3186 3187 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 3188 sec->has_pltcall = 1; 3189 /* Fall through. */ 3190 3191 case R_PPC_PLT32: 3192 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 3193 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 3194 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 3195 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 3196 pltentry: 3197 #ifdef DEBUG 3198 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n"); 3199 #endif 3200 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */ 3201 if (h == NULL) 3202 { 3203 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3204 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP); 3205 if (pltent == NULL) 3206 return FALSE; 3207 } 3208 else 3209 { 3210 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 3211 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP; 3212 h->needs_plt = 1; 3213 pltent = &h->plt.plist; 3214 } 3215 addend = 0; 3216 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3217 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 3218 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 3219 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3220 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 3221 addend = rel->r_addend; 3222 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend)) 3223 return FALSE; 3224 break; 3225 3226 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the 3227 relocation if linking a shared object since they are 3228 section relative. */ 3229 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 3230 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 3231 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 3232 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 3233 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 3234 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 3235 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 3236 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 3237 case R_PPC_TOC16: 3238 break; 3239 3240 case R_PPC_REL16: 3241 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 3242 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 3243 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 3244 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 3245 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1; 3246 break; 3247 3248 /* These are just markers. */ 3249 case R_PPC_TLS: 3250 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 3251 case R_PPC_NONE: 3252 case R_PPC_max: 3253 case R_PPC_RELAX: 3254 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 3255 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 3256 case R_PPC_16DX_HA: 3257 break; 3258 3259 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */ 3260 case R_PPC_COPY: 3261 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 3262 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 3263 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 3264 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 3265 break; 3266 3267 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */ 3268 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 3269 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 3270 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 3271 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 3272 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 3273 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 3274 break; 3275 3276 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */ 3277 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 3278 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3279 { 3280 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3281 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3282 } 3283 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 3284 { 3285 h->needs_plt = 1; 3286 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3287 return FALSE; 3288 } 3289 break; 3290 3291 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. 3292 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ 3293 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 3294 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 3295 return FALSE; 3296 break; 3297 3298 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually 3299 used. Record for later use during GC. */ 3300 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 3301 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) 3302 return FALSE; 3303 break; 3304 3305 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 3306 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 3307 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3308 /* Fall through. */ 3309 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */ 3310 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 3311 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 3312 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 3313 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3314 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3315 goto dodyn; 3316 3317 /* Nor these. */ 3318 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 3319 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 3320 goto dodyn; 3321 3322 case R_PPC_REL32: 3323 if (h == NULL 3324 && got2 != NULL 3325 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 3326 && bfd_link_pic (info) 3327 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3328 { 3329 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before 3330 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32 3331 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then 3332 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot 3333 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for 3334 PLT call stubs. */ 3335 asection *s; 3336 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 3337 3338 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, 3339 abfd, r_symndx); 3340 if (isym == NULL) 3341 return FALSE; 3342 3343 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3344 if (s == got2) 3345 { 3346 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3347 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3348 } 3349 } 3350 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 3351 break; 3352 /* fall through */ 3353 3354 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 3355 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 3356 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 3357 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 3358 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 3359 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 3360 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 3361 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3362 { 3363 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3364 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3365 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3366 return FALSE; 3367 3368 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */ 3369 h->non_got_ref = 1; 3370 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; 3371 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 3372 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1; 3373 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 3374 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1; 3375 } 3376 goto dodyn; 3377 3378 case R_PPC_REL24: 3379 case R_PPC_REL14: 3380 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 3381 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 3382 if (h == NULL) 3383 break; 3384 if (h == htab->elf.hgot) 3385 { 3386 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3387 { 3388 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3389 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3390 } 3391 break; 3392 } 3393 /* fall through */ 3394 3395 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 3396 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 3397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 3398 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 3399 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3400 { 3401 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3402 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3403 h->needs_plt = 1; 3404 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3405 return FALSE; 3406 break; 3407 } 3408 3409 dodyn: 3410 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc 3411 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc 3412 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc 3413 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with 3414 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a 3415 global symbol which is defined in an object we are 3416 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At 3417 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is 3418 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set 3419 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, 3420 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in 3421 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by 3422 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash 3423 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating 3424 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the 3425 symbol local. 3426 3427 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we 3428 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a 3429 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the 3430 symbol. */ 3431 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) 3432 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type) 3433 || (h != NULL 3434 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) 3435 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 3436 || !h->def_regular)))) 3437 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 3438 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 3439 && h != NULL 3440 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 3441 || !h->def_regular))) 3442 { 3443 #ifdef DEBUG 3444 fprintf (stderr, 3445 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to " 3446 "create relocation for %s\n", 3447 (h && h->root.root.string 3448 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 3449 #endif 3450 if (sreloc == NULL) 3451 { 3452 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3453 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3454 3455 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section 3456 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); 3457 3458 if (sreloc == NULL) 3459 return FALSE; 3460 } 3461 3462 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of 3463 relocations we need for this symbol. */ 3464 if (h != NULL) 3465 { 3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 3467 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3468 3469 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs; 3470 p = *rel_head; 3471 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) 3472 { 3473 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3474 if (p == NULL) 3475 return FALSE; 3476 p->next = *rel_head; 3477 *rel_head = p; 3478 p->sec = sec; 3479 p->count = 0; 3480 p->pc_count = 0; 3481 } 3482 p->count += 1; 3483 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) 3484 p->pc_count += 1; 3485 } 3486 else 3487 { 3488 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. 3489 We really need local syms available to do this 3490 easily. Oh well. */ 3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 3492 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3493 bfd_boolean is_ifunc; 3494 asection *s; 3495 void *vpp; 3496 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 3497 3498 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, 3499 abfd, r_symndx); 3500 if (isym == NULL) 3501 return FALSE; 3502 3503 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3504 if (s == NULL) 3505 s = sec; 3506 3507 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; 3508 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; 3509 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC; 3510 p = *rel_head; 3511 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3512 p = p->next; 3513 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3514 { 3515 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3516 if (p == NULL) 3517 return FALSE; 3518 p->next = *rel_head; 3519 *rel_head = p; 3520 p->sec = sec; 3521 p->ifunc = is_ifunc; 3522 p->count = 0; 3523 } 3524 p->count += 1; 3525 } 3526 } 3527 3528 break; 3529 } 3530 } 3531 3532 return TRUE; 3533 } 3534 3535 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD 3536 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3537 bfd_boolean 3538 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3539 { 3540 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3541 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3542 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3543 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 3544 bfd_boolean warn_only; 3545 3546 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common 3547 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant 3548 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc 3549 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library 3550 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double. 3551 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using 3552 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility 3553 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */ 3554 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0; 3555 3556 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3557 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3558 3559 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3560 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3561 3562 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3563 { 3564 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3; 3565 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3; 3566 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld; 3567 3568 if (in_fp == 0) 3569 ; 3570 else if (out_fp == 0) 3571 { 3572 if (!warn_only) 3573 { 3574 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3575 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3576 last_fp = ibfd; 3577 } 3578 } 3579 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2) 3580 { 3581 _bfd_error_handler 3582 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3583 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3584 last_fp, ibfd); 3585 ret = warn_only; 3586 } 3587 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2) 3588 { 3589 _bfd_error_handler 3590 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3591 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3592 ibfd, last_fp); 3593 ret = warn_only; 3594 } 3595 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3) 3596 { 3597 _bfd_error_handler 3598 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3599 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3600 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd); 3601 ret = warn_only; 3602 } 3603 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1) 3604 { 3605 _bfd_error_handler 3606 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3607 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3608 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp); 3609 ret = warn_only; 3610 } 3611 3612 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc; 3613 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc; 3614 if (in_fp == 0) 3615 ; 3616 else if (out_fp == 0) 3617 { 3618 if (!warn_only) 3619 { 3620 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3621 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3622 last_ld = ibfd; 3623 } 3624 } 3625 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4) 3626 { 3627 _bfd_error_handler 3628 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3629 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3630 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3631 ret = warn_only; 3632 } 3633 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4) 3634 { 3635 _bfd_error_handler 3636 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3637 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3638 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3639 ret = warn_only; 3640 } 3641 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4) 3642 { 3643 _bfd_error_handler 3644 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3645 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3646 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3647 ret = warn_only; 3648 } 3649 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4) 3650 { 3651 _bfd_error_handler 3652 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3653 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3654 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3655 ret = warn_only; 3656 } 3657 } 3658 3659 if (!ret) 3660 { 3661 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3663 } 3664 return ret; 3665 } 3666 3667 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if 3668 there are conflicting attributes. */ 3669 static bfd_boolean 3670 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3671 { 3672 bfd *obfd; 3673 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3674 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3675 bfd_boolean ret; 3676 3677 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3678 return FALSE; 3679 3680 obfd = info->output_bfd; 3681 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3682 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3683 3684 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and 3685 merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3686 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3687 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3688 ret = TRUE; 3689 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3690 { 3691 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3; 3692 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3; 3693 static bfd *last_vec; 3694 3695 if (in_vec == 0) 3696 ; 3697 else if (out_vec == 0) 3698 { 3699 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3700 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3701 last_vec = ibfd; 3702 } 3703 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE 3704 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack 3705 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are 3706 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this 3707 case too. */ 3708 else if (in_vec == 1) 3709 ; 3710 else if (out_vec == 1) 3711 { 3712 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3713 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3714 last_vec = ibfd; 3715 } 3716 else if (out_vec < in_vec) 3717 { 3718 _bfd_error_handler 3719 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3720 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3721 last_vec, ibfd); 3722 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3723 ret = FALSE; 3724 } 3725 else if (out_vec > in_vec) 3726 { 3727 _bfd_error_handler 3728 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3729 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3730 ibfd, last_vec); 3731 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3732 ret = FALSE; 3733 } 3734 } 3735 3736 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes 3737 and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3738 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3739 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3740 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3741 { 3742 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3; 3743 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3; 3744 static bfd *last_struct; 3745 3746 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3) 3747 ; 3748 else if (out_struct == 0) 3749 { 3750 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3751 out_attr->i = in_struct; 3752 last_struct = ibfd; 3753 } 3754 else if (out_struct < in_struct) 3755 { 3756 _bfd_error_handler 3757 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3758 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3759 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd); 3760 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3761 ret = FALSE; 3762 } 3763 else if (out_struct > in_struct) 3764 { 3765 _bfd_error_handler 3766 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3767 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3768 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct); 3769 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3770 ret = FALSE; 3771 } 3772 } 3773 if (!ret) 3774 { 3775 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3776 return FALSE; 3777 } 3778 3779 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ 3780 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info); 3781 } 3782 3783 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output 3784 object file when linking. */ 3785 3786 static bfd_boolean 3787 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3788 { 3789 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3790 flagword old_flags; 3791 flagword new_flags; 3792 bfd_boolean error; 3793 3794 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd)) 3795 return TRUE; 3796 3797 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */ 3798 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) 3799 return FALSE; 3800 3801 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3802 return FALSE; 3803 3804 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 3805 return TRUE; 3806 3807 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 3808 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; 3809 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) 3810 { 3811 /* First call, no flags set. */ 3812 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; 3813 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; 3814 } 3815 3816 /* Compatible flags are ok. */ 3817 else if (new_flags == old_flags) 3818 ; 3819 3820 /* Incompatible flags. */ 3821 else 3822 { 3823 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib 3824 to be linked with either. */ 3825 error = FALSE; 3826 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 3827 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0) 3828 { 3829 error = TRUE; 3830 _bfd_error_handler 3831 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with " 3832 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd); 3833 } 3834 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0 3835 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) 3836 { 3837 error = TRUE; 3838 _bfd_error_handler 3839 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with " 3840 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd); 3841 } 3842 3843 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */ 3844 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) 3845 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; 3846 3847 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib, 3848 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */ 3849 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB) 3850 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)) 3851 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))) 3852 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; 3853 3854 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if 3855 any module uses it. */ 3856 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB); 3857 3858 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3859 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3860 3861 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */ 3862 if (new_flags != old_flags) 3863 { 3864 error = TRUE; 3865 _bfd_error_handler 3866 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3867 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields " 3868 "than previous modules (%#x)"), 3869 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags); 3870 } 3871 3872 if (error) 3873 { 3874 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3875 return FALSE; 3876 } 3877 } 3878 3879 return TRUE; 3880 } 3881 3882 static void 3883 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd, 3884 asection *input_section, 3885 unsigned long offset, 3886 bfd_byte *loc, 3887 bfd_vma value, 3888 split16_format_type split16_format, 3889 bfd_boolean fixup) 3890 { 3891 unsigned int insn, opcode; 3892 3893 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc); 3894 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK; 3895 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN 3896 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN 3897 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN 3898 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN 3899 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN) 3900 { 3901 if (split16_format != split16a_type) 3902 { 3903 if (fixup) 3904 split16_format = split16a_type; 3905 else 3906 _bfd_error_handler 3907 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3908 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3909 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3910 } 3911 } 3912 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN 3913 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN 3914 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN 3915 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN 3916 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN 3917 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN 3918 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN) 3919 { 3920 if (split16_format != split16d_type) 3921 { 3922 if (fixup) 3923 split16_format = split16d_type; 3924 else 3925 _bfd_error_handler 3926 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3927 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3928 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3929 } 3930 } 3931 if (split16_format == split16a_type) 3932 { 3933 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff); 3934 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3935 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN) 3936 { 3937 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */ 3938 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5); 3939 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3940 } 3941 } 3942 else 3943 { 3944 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff); 3945 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10; 3946 } 3947 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3948 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc); 3949 } 3950 3951 static void 3952 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value) 3953 { 3954 unsigned int insn; 3955 3956 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 3957 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 3958 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 3959 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3960 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 3961 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3962 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 3963 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc); 3965 } 3966 3967 3968 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately. 3969 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */ 3970 int 3971 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 3972 struct bfd_link_info *info) 3973 { 3974 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3975 flagword flags; 3976 3977 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 3978 3979 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3980 { 3981 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3982 3983 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD) 3984 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3985 else if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3986 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 3987 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount", 3988 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL 3989 && (h->type == STT_FUNC 3990 || h->needs_plt) 3991 && h->ref_regular 3992 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 3993 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 3994 { 3995 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with 3996 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a 3997 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs 3998 r30 to be set up. */ 3999 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4000 } 4001 else 4002 { 4003 bfd *ibfd; 4004 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style; 4005 4006 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs. 4007 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls 4008 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given 4009 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */ 4010 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 4011 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4012 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4013 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4014 { 4015 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16) 4016 plt_type = PLT_NEW; 4017 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call) 4018 { 4019 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4020 htab->old_bfd = ibfd; 4021 break; 4022 } 4023 } 4024 htab->plt_type = plt_type; 4025 } 4026 } 4027 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW) 4028 { 4029 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL) 4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd); 4031 else 4032 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling")); 4033 } 4034 4035 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS); 4036 4037 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 4038 { 4039 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 4040 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 4041 4042 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */ 4043 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL 4044 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags)) 4045 return -1; 4046 4047 /* The new GOT is not executable. */ 4048 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 4049 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 4050 return -1; 4051 } 4052 else 4053 { 4054 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */ 4055 if (htab->glink != NULL 4056 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0)) 4057 return -1; 4058 } 4059 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW; 4060 } 4061 4062 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given 4063 relocation. */ 4064 4065 static asection * 4066 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, 4067 struct bfd_link_info *info, 4068 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4069 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4070 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 4071 { 4072 if (h != NULL) 4073 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 4074 { 4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 4076 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 4077 return NULL; 4078 } 4079 4080 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); 4081 } 4082 4083 static bfd_boolean 4084 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp, 4085 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp, 4086 asection **symsecp, 4087 unsigned char **tls_maskp, 4088 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, 4089 unsigned long r_symndx, 4090 bfd *ibfd) 4091 { 4092 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4093 4094 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4095 { 4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4097 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4098 4099 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4100 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4101 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4102 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4103 4104 if (hp != NULL) 4105 *hp = h; 4106 4107 if (symp != NULL) 4108 *symp = NULL; 4109 4110 if (symsecp != NULL) 4111 { 4112 asection *symsec = NULL; 4113 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4114 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4115 symsec = h->root.u.def.section; 4116 *symsecp = symsec; 4117 } 4118 4119 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4120 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4121 } 4122 else 4123 { 4124 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4125 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp; 4126 4127 if (locsyms == NULL) 4128 { 4129 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 4130 if (locsyms == NULL) 4131 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, 4132 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 4133 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); 4134 if (locsyms == NULL) 4135 return FALSE; 4136 *locsymsp = locsyms; 4137 } 4138 sym = locsyms + r_symndx; 4139 4140 if (hp != NULL) 4141 *hp = NULL; 4142 4143 if (symp != NULL) 4144 *symp = sym; 4145 4146 if (symsecp != NULL) 4147 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx); 4148 4149 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4150 { 4151 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 4152 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4153 4154 tls_mask = NULL; 4155 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4156 if (local_got != NULL) 4157 { 4158 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4159 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4160 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4161 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4162 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4163 } 4164 *tls_maskp = tls_mask; 4165 } 4166 } 4167 return TRUE; 4168 } 4169 4170 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally 4171 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */ 4172 4173 bfd_boolean 4174 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info) 4175 { 4176 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4177 bfd *ibfd; 4178 asection *sec; 4179 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit; 4180 4181 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4182 if (htab == NULL) 4183 return FALSE; 4184 4185 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is 4186 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added 4187 between the call and its destination. */ 4188 limit = 0x1e00000; 4189 low_vma = -1; 4190 high_vma = 0; 4191 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4192 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) 4193 { 4194 if (low_vma > sec->vma) 4195 low_vma = sec->vma; 4196 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size) 4197 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size; 4198 } 4199 4200 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can 4201 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol 4202 is local. */ 4203 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit) 4204 { 4205 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1; 4206 return TRUE; 4207 } 4208 4209 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct 4210 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable 4211 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that 4212 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this 4213 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a 4214 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The 4215 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the 4216 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a 4217 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct 4218 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in 4219 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs 4220 together except their symbol. */ 4221 4222 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4223 { 4224 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 4225 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; 4226 4227 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4228 continue; 4229 4230 local_syms = NULL; 4231 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4232 4233 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4234 if (sec->has_pltcall 4235 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4236 { 4237 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4238 4239 /* Read the relocations. */ 4240 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4241 info->keep_memory); 4242 if (relstart == NULL) 4243 return FALSE; 4244 4245 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4246 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; ) 4247 { 4248 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4249 unsigned long r_symndx; 4250 asection *sym_sec; 4251 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4252 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4253 unsigned char *tls_maskp; 4254 4255 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4256 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL) 4257 continue; 4258 4259 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4260 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms, 4261 r_symndx, ibfd)) 4262 { 4263 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4264 free (relstart); 4265 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4266 free (local_syms); 4267 return FALSE; 4268 } 4269 4270 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 4271 { 4272 bfd_vma from, to; 4273 if (h != NULL) 4274 to = h->root.u.def.value; 4275 else 4276 to = sym->st_value; 4277 to += (rel->r_addend 4278 + sym_sec->output_offset 4279 + sym_sec->output_section->vma); 4280 from = (rel->r_offset 4281 + sec->output_offset 4282 + sec->output_section->vma); 4283 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit) 4284 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP; 4285 } 4286 } 4287 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4288 free (relstart); 4289 } 4290 4291 if (local_syms != NULL 4292 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4293 { 4294 if (!info->keep_memory) 4295 free (local_syms); 4296 else 4297 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 4298 } 4299 } 4300 4301 return TRUE; 4302 } 4303 4304 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the 4305 generic ELF tls_setup function. */ 4306 4307 asection * 4308 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 4309 { 4310 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4311 4312 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4313 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 4314 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4315 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 4316 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; 4317 4318 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 4319 { 4320 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga; 4321 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", 4322 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4323 if (opt != NULL 4324 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4325 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 4326 { 4327 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, 4328 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll 4329 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then 4330 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 4331 tga = htab->tls_get_addr; 4332 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 4333 && tga != NULL 4334 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC 4335 || tga->needs_plt) 4336 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga) 4337 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga))) 4338 { 4339 struct plt_entry *ent; 4340 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4341 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4342 break; 4343 if (ent != NULL) 4344 { 4345 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; 4346 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; 4347 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); 4348 opt->mark = 1; 4349 if (opt->dynindx != -1) 4350 { 4351 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ 4352 opt->dynindx = -1; 4353 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 4354 opt->dynstr_index); 4355 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt)) 4356 return FALSE; 4357 } 4358 htab->tls_get_addr = opt; 4359 } 4360 } 4361 } 4362 else 4363 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; 4364 } 4365 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 4366 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 4367 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL) 4368 { 4369 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS; 4370 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE; 4371 } 4372 4373 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info); 4374 } 4375 4376 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching 4377 HASH. */ 4378 4379 static bfd_boolean 4380 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd, 4381 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4382 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash) 4383 { 4384 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4385 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4386 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4387 4388 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4389 { 4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4391 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4392 4393 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4394 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4395 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4396 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4397 if (h == hash) 4398 return TRUE; 4399 } 4400 return FALSE; 4401 } 4402 4403 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization 4404 opportunities. */ 4405 4406 bfd_boolean 4407 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 4408 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4409 { 4410 bfd *ibfd; 4411 asection *sec; 4412 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4413 int pass; 4414 4415 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 4416 return TRUE; 4417 4418 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4419 if (htab == NULL) 4420 return FALSE; 4421 4422 htab->do_tls_opt = 1; 4423 4424 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls 4425 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed 4426 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls 4427 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to 4428 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and 4429 adjust got and plt refcounts. */ 4430 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) 4431 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4432 { 4433 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4434 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2"); 4435 4436 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4437 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4438 { 4439 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4440 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4441 4442 /* Read the relocations. */ 4443 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4444 info->keep_memory); 4445 if (relstart == NULL) 4446 return FALSE; 4447 4448 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4449 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4450 { 4451 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4452 unsigned long r_symndx; 4453 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; 4454 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4455 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear; 4456 bfd_boolean is_local; 4457 bfd_signed_vma *got_count; 4458 4459 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4460 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4461 { 4462 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4463 4464 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4465 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4466 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4467 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4468 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4469 } 4470 4471 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h); 4472 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4473 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4474 without marker relocs, then check that each 4475 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc 4476 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg 4477 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup 4478 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ 4479 if (pass == 0 4480 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr 4481 && h != NULL 4482 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 4483 && !expecting_tls_get_addr 4484 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4485 { 4486 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " 4487 "TLS optimization disabled\n", 4488 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4489 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4490 free (relstart); 4491 return TRUE; 4492 } 4493 4494 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4495 switch (r_type) 4496 { 4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 4498 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 4499 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4500 /* Fall through. */ 4501 4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 4504 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol 4505 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if 4506 that turns out to be the case. */ 4507 if (!is_local) 4508 continue; 4509 4510 /* LD -> LE */ 4511 tls_set = 0; 4512 tls_clear = TLS_LD; 4513 break; 4514 4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 4517 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4518 /* Fall through. */ 4519 4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 4522 if (is_local) 4523 /* GD -> LE */ 4524 tls_set = 0; 4525 else 4526 /* GD -> IE */ 4527 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE; 4528 tls_clear = TLS_GD; 4529 break; 4530 4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 4534 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 4535 if (is_local) 4536 { 4537 /* IE -> LE */ 4538 tls_set = 0; 4539 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; 4540 break; 4541 } 4542 else 4543 continue; 4544 4545 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 4546 if (!is_local) 4547 continue; 4548 /* Fall through. */ 4549 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 4550 if (rel + 1 < relend 4551 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 4552 { 4553 if (pass != 0 4554 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ) 4555 { 4556 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); 4557 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); 4558 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4559 { 4560 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4561 4562 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4563 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4564 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4565 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4566 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4567 if (h != NULL) 4568 { 4569 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; 4570 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4571 4572 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4573 addend = rel->r_addend; 4574 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, 4575 got2, addend); 4576 if (ent != NULL 4577 && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4578 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4579 } 4580 } 4581 } 4582 continue; 4583 } 4584 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; 4585 tls_set = 0; 4586 tls_clear = 0; 4587 break; 4588 4589 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 4590 if (pass == 0) 4591 { 4592 unsigned char buf[4]; 4593 unsigned int insn; 4594 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3; 4595 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, 4596 off, 4)) 4597 { 4598 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4599 free (relstart); 4600 return FALSE; 4601 } 4602 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf); 4603 /* addis rt,2,imm */ 4604 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) 4605 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16))) 4606 { 4607 /* xgettext:c-format */ 4608 info->callbacks->minfo 4609 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"), 4610 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn); 4611 htab->do_tls_opt = 0; 4612 } 4613 } 4614 continue; 4615 4616 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 4617 htab->do_tls_opt = 0; 4618 continue; 4619 4620 default: 4621 continue; 4622 } 4623 4624 if (pass == 0) 4625 { 4626 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr 4627 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) 4628 continue; 4629 4630 if (rel + 1 < relend 4631 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, 4632 htab->tls_get_addr)) 4633 continue; 4634 4635 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We 4636 could just mark this symbol to exclude it 4637 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip 4638 the entire optimization. */ 4639 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " 4640 "TLS optimization disabled\n"), 4641 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4642 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4643 free (relstart); 4644 return TRUE; 4645 } 4646 4647 if (h != NULL) 4648 { 4649 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4650 got_count = &h->got.refcount; 4651 } 4652 else 4653 { 4654 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs; 4655 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 4656 unsigned char *lgot_masks; 4657 4658 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4659 if (lgot_refs == NULL) 4660 abort (); 4661 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4662 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4663 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4664 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4665 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4666 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx]; 4667 } 4668 4669 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4670 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't 4671 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a 4672 marker for this symbol, then we either have a 4673 broken object file or an -mlongcall style 4674 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker. 4675 Disable optimization in this case. */ 4676 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0 4677 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr 4678 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 4679 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))) 4680 continue; 4681 4682 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) 4683 { 4684 struct plt_entry *ent; 4685 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4686 4687 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 4688 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24 4689 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL)) 4690 addend = rel[1].r_addend; 4691 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist, 4692 got2, addend); 4693 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4694 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4695 } 4696 if (tls_clear == 0) 4697 continue; 4698 4699 if (tls_set == 0) 4700 { 4701 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ 4702 if (*got_count > 0) 4703 *got_count -= 1; 4704 } 4705 4706 *tls_mask |= tls_set; 4707 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; 4708 } 4709 4710 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4711 free (relstart); 4712 } 4713 } 4714 return TRUE; 4715 } 4716 4717 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak 4718 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after 4719 size_dynamic_sections. */ 4720 4721 static bfd_boolean 4722 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4723 { 4724 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); 4725 do 4726 { 4727 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf)) 4728 return TRUE; 4729 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias); 4730 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h); 4731 4732 return FALSE; 4733 } 4734 4735 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */ 4736 4737 static bfd_boolean 4738 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4739 { 4740 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4741 4742 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4743 if (p->pc_count != 0) 4744 return TRUE; 4745 return FALSE; 4746 } 4747 4748 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a 4749 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the 4750 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to 4751 change the definition to something the rest of the link can 4752 understand. */ 4753 4754 static bfd_boolean 4755 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 4756 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4757 { 4758 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4759 asection *s; 4760 4761 #ifdef DEBUG 4762 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n", 4763 h->root.root.string); 4764 #endif 4765 4766 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 4767 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4768 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL 4769 && (h->needs_plt 4770 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4771 || h->is_weakalias 4772 || (h->def_dynamic 4773 && h->ref_regular 4774 && !h->def_regular))); 4775 4776 /* Deal with function syms. */ 4777 if (h->type == STT_FUNC 4778 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4779 || h->needs_plt) 4780 { 4781 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 4782 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)); 4783 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a 4784 function symbol is local. */ 4785 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local) 4786 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4787 4788 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that 4789 won't need a .plt entry. */ 4790 struct plt_entry *ent; 4791 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4792 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4793 break; 4794 if (ent == NULL 4795 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC 4796 && local 4797 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 4798 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 4799 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP))) 4800 { 4801 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when: 4802 4803 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry 4804 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case, 4805 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called. 4806 4807 2. GC has rendered the entry unused. 4808 4809 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol 4810 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */ 4811 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4812 h->needs_plt = 0; 4813 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4814 } 4815 else 4816 { 4817 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section 4818 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the 4819 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can 4820 be used instead, giving better runtime performance. 4821 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce 4822 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic 4823 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the 4824 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather 4825 than link time. */ 4826 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed 4827 || (h->non_got_ref 4828 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak 4829 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 4830 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 4831 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4832 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4833 { 4834 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4835 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol 4836 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ 4837 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 4838 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4839 } 4840 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 4841 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the 4842 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */ 4843 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4844 } 4845 h->protected_def = 0; 4846 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */ 4847 return TRUE; 4848 } 4849 else 4850 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4851 4852 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 4853 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 4854 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 4855 if (h->is_weakalias) 4856 { 4857 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); 4858 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); 4859 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; 4860 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; 4861 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss 4862 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro 4863 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss) 4864 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4865 return TRUE; 4866 } 4867 4868 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 4869 is not a function. */ 4870 4871 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the 4872 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. 4873 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will 4874 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ 4875 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4876 { 4877 h->protected_def = 0; 4878 return TRUE; 4879 } 4880 4881 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the 4882 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ 4883 if (!h->non_got_ref) 4884 { 4885 h->protected_def = 0; 4886 return TRUE; 4887 } 4888 4889 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in 4890 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected 4891 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations 4892 are preferable to an incorrect program. */ 4893 if (h->protected_def) 4894 { 4895 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4896 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 4897 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 4898 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0 4899 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1) 4900 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1; 4901 return TRUE; 4902 } 4903 4904 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ 4905 if (info->nocopyreloc) 4906 return TRUE; 4907 4908 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then 4909 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. 4910 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This 4911 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic 4912 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an 4913 executable. */ 4914 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4915 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4916 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 4917 && !h->def_regular 4918 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4919 return TRUE; 4920 4921 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will 4922 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be 4923 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic 4924 object will contain position independent code, so all references 4925 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global 4926 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to 4927 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so 4928 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the 4929 same memory location for the variable. 4930 4931 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we 4932 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */ 4933 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4934 s = htab->dynsbss; 4935 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4936 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; 4937 else 4938 s = htab->elf.sdynbss; 4939 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 4940 4941 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) 4942 { 4943 asection *srel; 4944 4945 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic 4946 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object 4947 and into the runtime process image. */ 4948 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4949 srel = htab->relsbss; 4950 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4951 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 4952 else 4953 srel = htab->elf.srelbss; 4954 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); 4955 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 4956 h->needs_copy = 1; 4957 } 4958 4959 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */ 4960 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4961 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); 4962 } 4963 4964 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is 4965 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0, 4966 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym 4967 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC 4968 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */ 4969 4970 static bfd_boolean 4971 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent, 4972 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4973 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4974 { 4975 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 4976 size_t len1, len2, len3; 4977 char *name; 4978 const char *stub; 4979 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4980 4981 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4982 stub = ".plt_pic32."; 4983 else 4984 stub = ".plt_call32."; 4985 4986 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string); 4987 len2 = strlen (stub); 4988 len3 = 0; 4989 if (ent->sec) 4990 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name); 4991 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9); 4992 if (name == NULL) 4993 return FALSE; 4994 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff); 4995 if (ent->sec) 4996 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3); 4997 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2); 4998 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1); 4999 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5000 if (sh == NULL) 5001 return FALSE; 5002 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5003 { 5004 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5005 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5006 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset; 5007 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5008 sh->def_regular = 1; 5009 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5010 sh->forced_local = 1; 5011 sh->non_elf = 0; 5012 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5013 } 5014 return TRUE; 5015 } 5016 5017 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset. 5018 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */ 5019 5020 static bfd_vma 5021 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need) 5022 { 5023 bfd_vma where; 5024 unsigned int max_before_header; 5025 5026 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5027 { 5028 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5029 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5030 } 5031 else 5032 { 5033 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764; 5034 if (need <= htab->got_gap) 5035 { 5036 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap; 5037 htab->got_gap -= need; 5038 } 5039 else 5040 { 5041 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header 5042 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header) 5043 { 5044 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size; 5045 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size; 5046 } 5047 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5048 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5049 } 5050 } 5051 return where; 5052 } 5053 5054 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK. 5055 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */ 5056 5057 static inline unsigned int 5058 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask) 5059 { 5060 unsigned int need; 5061 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0) 5062 need = 4; 5063 else 5064 { 5065 need = 0; 5066 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 5067 need += 8; 5068 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) 5069 need += 4; 5070 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 5071 need += 4; 5072 } 5073 return need; 5074 } 5075 5076 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */ 5077 5078 static bfd_boolean 5079 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info, 5080 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5081 { 5082 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); 5083 5084 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created 5085 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0 5086 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 5087 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 5088 && h->dynindx == -1 5089 && !h->forced_local 5090 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) 5091 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); 5092 return TRUE; 5093 } 5094 5095 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */ 5096 5097 static bfd_boolean 5098 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 5099 { 5100 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; 5101 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 5102 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5103 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 5104 bfd_boolean dyn; 5105 5106 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5107 return TRUE; 5108 5109 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5110 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 5111 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0 5112 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 5113 && !eh->elf.def_regular 5114 && eh->elf.protected_def 5115 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5116 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5117 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5118 { 5119 unsigned int need; 5120 5121 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5122 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf)) 5123 return FALSE; 5124 5125 need = 0; 5126 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5127 { 5128 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)) 5129 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should 5130 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have 5131 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */ 5132 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5133 else 5134 need += 8; 5135 } 5136 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask); 5137 if (need == 0) 5138 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5139 else 5140 { 5141 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need); 5142 if (((bfd_link_pic (info) 5143 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 5144 && bfd_link_executable (info) 5145 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) 5146 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5147 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1 5148 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) 5149 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf)) 5150 { 5151 asection *rsec; 5152 5153 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5154 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5155 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5156 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 5157 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5158 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 5159 rsec->size += need; 5160 } 5161 } 5162 } 5163 else 5164 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5165 5166 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for 5167 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */ 5168 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5169 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5170 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5171 5172 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ 5173 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 5174 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) 5175 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5176 5177 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default 5178 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */ 5179 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 5180 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5181 5182 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL) 5183 ; 5184 5185 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for 5186 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be 5187 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard 5188 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility 5189 changes. */ 5190 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5191 { 5192 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn, 5193 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be 5194 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to 5195 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt. 5196 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected 5197 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */ 5198 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) 5199 { 5200 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5201 5202 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5203 { 5204 p->count -= p->pc_count; 5205 p->pc_count = 0; 5206 if (p->count == 0) 5207 *pp = p->next; 5208 else 5209 pp = &p->next; 5210 } 5211 } 5212 5213 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 5214 { 5215 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5216 5217 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5218 { 5219 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) 5220 *pp = p->next; 5221 else 5222 pp = &p->next; 5223 } 5224 } 5225 5226 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL) 5227 { 5228 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5229 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5230 return FALSE; 5231 } 5232 } 5233 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) 5234 { 5235 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against 5236 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not 5237 dynamic. */ 5238 if (h->dynamic_adjusted 5239 && !h->def_regular 5240 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h) 5241 && !(h->protected_def 5242 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5243 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5244 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5245 { 5246 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5247 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5248 return FALSE; 5249 5250 if (h->dynindx == -1) 5251 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5252 } 5253 else 5254 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5255 } 5256 5257 /* Allocate space. */ 5258 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 5259 { 5260 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5261 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5262 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5263 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5264 } 5265 5266 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled. 5267 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol 5268 a) is dynamic, or 5269 b) is an ifunc, or 5270 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or 5271 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */ 5272 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1; 5273 if (dyn 5274 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 5275 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted) 5276 || (h->needs_plt 5277 && h->def_regular 5278 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5279 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5280 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 5281 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP)) 5282 { 5283 struct plt_entry *ent; 5284 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; 5285 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5286 5287 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5288 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5289 { 5290 asection *s = htab->elf.splt; 5291 5292 if (!dyn) 5293 { 5294 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5295 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5296 else 5297 s = htab->pltlocal; 5298 } 5299 5300 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 5301 { 5302 if (!doneone) 5303 { 5304 plt_offset = s->size; 5305 s->size += 4; 5306 } 5307 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5308 5309 if (s == htab->pltlocal) 5310 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5311 else 5312 { 5313 s = htab->glink; 5314 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)) 5315 { 5316 glink_offset = s->size; 5317 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 5318 } 5319 if (!doneone 5320 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 5321 && h->def_dynamic 5322 && !h->def_regular) 5323 { 5324 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5325 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset; 5326 } 5327 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5328 5329 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms 5330 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info)) 5331 return FALSE; 5332 } 5333 } 5334 else 5335 { 5336 if (!doneone) 5337 { 5338 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room 5339 for the special first entry. */ 5340 if (s->size == 0) 5341 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size; 5342 5343 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two 5344 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load 5345 and a jump), and then there is a remaining 5346 word available at the end. */ 5347 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size 5348 + (htab->plt_slot_size 5349 * ((s->size 5350 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5351 / htab->plt_entry_size))); 5352 5353 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular 5354 file, and we are not generating a shared 5355 library, then set the symbol to this location 5356 in the .plt. This is to avoid text 5357 relocations, and is required to make 5358 function pointers compare as equal between 5359 the normal executable and the shared library. */ 5360 if (! bfd_link_pic (info) 5361 && h->def_dynamic 5362 && !h->def_regular) 5363 { 5364 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5365 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset; 5366 } 5367 5368 /* Make room for this entry. */ 5369 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5370 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries 5371 is allocated. */ 5372 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 5373 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5374 / htab->plt_entry_size 5375 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) 5376 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5377 } 5378 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5379 } 5380 5381 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 5382 if (!doneone) 5383 { 5384 if (!dyn) 5385 { 5386 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5387 { 5388 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5389 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5390 } 5391 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5392 { 5393 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5394 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5395 } 5396 } 5397 else 5398 { 5399 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5400 5401 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5402 { 5403 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */ 5404 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 5405 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5406 { 5407 if (ent->plt.offset 5408 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5409 { 5410 htab->srelplt2->size 5411 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5412 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS); 5413 } 5414 5415 htab->srelplt2->size 5416 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5417 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS); 5418 } 5419 5420 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in 5421 .got.plt. */ 5422 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; 5423 } 5424 } 5425 doneone = TRUE; 5426 } 5427 } 5428 else 5429 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5430 5431 if (!doneone) 5432 { 5433 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5434 h->needs_plt = 0; 5435 } 5436 } 5437 else 5438 { 5439 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5440 h->needs_plt = 0; 5441 } 5442 5443 return TRUE; 5444 } 5445 5446 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] = 5447 { 5448 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */ 5449 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */ 5450 1, /* CIE version. */ 5451 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */ 5452 4, /* Code alignment. */ 5453 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */ 5454 65, /* RA reg. */ 5455 1, /* Augmentation size. */ 5456 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */ 5457 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */ 5458 }; 5459 5460 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ 5461 5462 static bfd_boolean 5463 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 5464 struct bfd_link_info *info) 5465 { 5466 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5467 asection *s; 5468 bfd_boolean relocs; 5469 bfd *ibfd; 5470 5471 #ifdef DEBUG 5472 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n"); 5473 #endif 5474 5475 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5476 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL); 5477 5478 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 5479 { 5480 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ 5481 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) 5482 { 5483 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp"); 5484 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 5485 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5486 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5487 } 5488 } 5489 5490 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5491 htab->got_header_size = 16; 5492 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 5493 htab->got_header_size = 12; 5494 5495 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic 5496 relocs. */ 5497 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 5498 { 5499 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 5500 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; 5501 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 5502 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; 5503 char *lgot_masks; 5504 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 5505 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 5506 5507 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 5508 continue; 5509 5510 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5511 { 5512 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 5513 5514 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *) 5515 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); 5516 p != NULL; 5517 p = p->next) 5518 { 5519 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) 5520 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) 5521 { 5522 /* Input section has been discarded, either because 5523 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to 5524 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding 5525 the relocs too. */ 5526 } 5527 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 5528 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, 5529 ".tls_vars") == 0) 5530 { 5531 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are 5532 handled specially by the loader. */ 5533 } 5534 else if (p->count != 0) 5535 { 5536 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5537 if (p->ifunc) 5538 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5539 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5540 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags 5541 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5542 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5543 { 5544 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5545 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5546 p->sec->owner, p->sec); 5547 } 5548 } 5549 } 5550 } 5551 5552 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 5553 if (!local_got) 5554 continue; 5555 5556 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 5557 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 5558 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 5559 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 5560 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 5561 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5562 5563 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks) 5564 if (*local_got > 0) 5565 { 5566 unsigned int need; 5567 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5568 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5569 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks); 5570 if (need == 0) 5571 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5572 else 5573 { 5574 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need); 5575 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5576 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0 5577 && bfd_link_executable (info))) 5578 { 5579 asection *srel; 5580 5581 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5582 srel = htab->elf.srelgot; 5583 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5584 srel = htab->elf.irelplt; 5585 srel->size += need; 5586 } 5587 } 5588 } 5589 else 5590 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5591 5592 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 5593 continue; 5594 5595 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */ 5596 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5597 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks) 5598 { 5599 struct plt_entry *ent; 5600 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; 5601 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5602 5603 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5604 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5605 { 5606 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5607 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5608 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5609 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP) 5610 { 5611 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5612 continue; 5613 } 5614 else 5615 s = htab->pltlocal; 5616 5617 if (!doneone) 5618 { 5619 plt_offset = s->size; 5620 s->size += 4; 5621 } 5622 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5623 5624 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))) 5625 { 5626 s = htab->glink; 5627 glink_offset = s->size; 5628 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL); 5629 } 5630 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5631 5632 if (!doneone) 5633 { 5634 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5635 { 5636 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5637 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5638 } 5639 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5640 { 5641 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5642 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5643 } 5644 doneone = TRUE; 5645 } 5646 } 5647 else 5648 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5649 } 5650 } 5651 5652 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ 5653 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info); 5654 5655 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0) 5656 { 5657 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8); 5658 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 5659 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5660 } 5661 else 5662 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5663 5664 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS) 5665 { 5666 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768; 5667 5668 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here, 5669 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated), 5670 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the 5671 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */ 5672 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768) 5673 { 5674 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5675 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5676 g_o_t += 4; 5677 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size; 5678 } 5679 5680 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t; 5681 } 5682 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5683 { 5684 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5685 5686 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section; 5687 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 5688 } 5689 if (info->emitrelocations) 5690 { 5691 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5692 5693 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5694 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5695 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 5696 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5697 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5698 } 5699 5700 if (htab->glink != NULL 5701 && htab->glink->size != 0 5702 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5703 { 5704 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size; 5705 /* Space for the branch table. */ 5706 htab->glink->size 5707 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4; 5708 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */ 5709 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 5710 ? 63 : 15); 5711 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5712 5713 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) 5714 { 5715 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 5716 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink", 5717 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5718 if (sh == NULL) 5719 return FALSE; 5720 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5721 { 5722 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5723 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5724 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve; 5725 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5726 sh->def_regular = 1; 5727 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5728 sh->forced_local = 1; 5729 sh->non_elf = 0; 5730 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5731 } 5732 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", 5733 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5734 if (sh == NULL) 5735 return FALSE; 5736 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5737 { 5738 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5739 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5740 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5741 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5742 sh->def_regular = 1; 5743 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5744 sh->forced_local = 1; 5745 sh->non_elf = 0; 5746 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5747 } 5748 } 5749 } 5750 5751 if (htab->glink != NULL 5752 && htab->glink->size != 0 5753 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5754 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section) 5755 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) 5756 { 5757 s = htab->glink_eh_frame; 5758 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20; 5759 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5760 { 5761 s->size += 4; 5762 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256) 5763 s->size += 4; 5764 } 5765 } 5766 5767 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. 5768 Allocate memory for them. */ 5769 relocs = FALSE; 5770 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5771 { 5772 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; 5773 5774 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 5775 continue; 5776 5777 if (s == htab->elf.splt 5778 || s == htab->elf.sgot) 5779 { 5780 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if 5781 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. 5782 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ 5783 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) 5784 strip_section = FALSE; 5785 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the 5786 comment below. */ 5787 } 5788 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt 5789 || s == htab->pltlocal 5790 || s == htab->glink 5791 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame 5792 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt 5793 || s == htab->sbss 5794 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss 5795 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro 5796 || s == htab->dynsbss) 5797 { 5798 /* Strip these too. */ 5799 } 5800 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section 5801 || s == htab->sdata[1].section) 5802 { 5803 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0; 5804 } 5805 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela")) 5806 { 5807 if (s->size != 0) 5808 { 5809 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */ 5810 relocs = TRUE; 5811 5812 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need 5813 to copy relocs into the output file. */ 5814 s->reloc_count = 0; 5815 } 5816 } 5817 else 5818 { 5819 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ 5820 continue; 5821 } 5822 5823 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section) 5824 { 5825 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the 5826 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and 5827 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in 5828 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created 5829 before the linker maps input sections to output 5830 sections. The linker does that before 5831 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that 5832 function which decides whether anything needs to go 5833 into these sections. */ 5834 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 5835 continue; 5836 } 5837 5838 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 5839 continue; 5840 5841 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ 5842 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size); 5843 if (s->contents == NULL) 5844 return FALSE; 5845 } 5846 5847 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5848 { 5849 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the 5850 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we 5851 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for 5852 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the 5853 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ 5854 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ 5855 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) 5856 5857 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info, 5858 relocs)) 5859 return FALSE; 5860 5861 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 5862 && htab->glink != NULL 5863 && htab->glink->size != 0) 5864 { 5865 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0)) 5866 return FALSE; 5867 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt 5868 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL 5869 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL 5870 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS)) 5871 return FALSE; 5872 } 5873 } 5874 #undef add_dynamic_entry 5875 5876 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5877 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 5878 { 5879 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5880 bfd_vma val; 5881 5882 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie)); 5883 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */ 5884 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p); 5885 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5886 /* FDE length. */ 5887 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5888 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5889 p += 4; 5890 /* CIE pointer. */ 5891 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5892 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5893 p += 4; 5894 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */ 5895 p += 4; 5896 /* .glink size. */ 5897 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p); 5898 p += 4; 5899 /* Augmentation. */ 5900 p += 1; 5901 5902 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5903 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5904 { 5905 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2; 5906 if (adv < 64) 5907 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv; 5908 else if (adv < 256) 5909 { 5910 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1; 5911 *p++ = adv; 5912 } 5913 else if (adv < 65536) 5914 { 5915 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2; 5916 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5917 p += 2; 5918 } 5919 else 5920 { 5921 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4; 5922 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5923 p += 4; 5924 } 5925 *p++ = DW_CFA_register; 5926 *p++ = 65; 5927 p++; 5928 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4; 5929 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; 5930 *p++ = 65; 5931 } 5932 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4) 5933 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size); 5934 } 5935 5936 return TRUE; 5937 } 5938 5939 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output 5940 if it looks like nothing is using them. */ 5941 5942 static void 5943 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 5944 { 5945 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym; 5946 5947 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1) 5948 { 5949 asection *s; 5950 5951 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name); 5952 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 5953 { 5954 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name); 5955 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 5956 { 5957 sda->def_regular = 0; 5958 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */ 5959 sda->ref_dynamic = 1; 5960 sda->forced_local = 0; 5961 } 5962 } 5963 } 5964 } 5965 5966 void 5967 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info) 5968 { 5969 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5970 5971 if (htab != NULL) 5972 { 5973 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]); 5974 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]); 5975 } 5976 } 5977 5978 5979 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ 5980 5981 static bfd_boolean 5982 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5983 { 5984 if (h->plt.plist != NULL 5985 && !h->def_regular 5986 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed 5987 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak)) 5988 return FALSE; 5989 5990 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); 5991 } 5992 5993 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) 5994 5995 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is 5996 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */ 5997 static const int shared_stub_entry[] = 5998 { 5999 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */ 6000 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */ 6001 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */ 6002 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */ 6003 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */ 6004 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */ 6005 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6006 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6007 }; 6008 6009 static const int stub_entry[] = 6010 { 6011 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */ 6012 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */ 6013 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6014 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6015 }; 6016 6017 struct ppc_elf_relax_info 6018 { 6019 unsigned int workaround_size; 6020 unsigned int picfixup_size; 6021 }; 6022 6023 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476 6024 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch 6025 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can 6026 add trampolines at the end of the section. */ 6027 6028 static bfd_boolean 6029 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, 6030 asection *isec, 6031 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 6032 bfd_boolean *again) 6033 { 6034 struct one_branch_fixup 6035 { 6036 struct one_branch_fixup *next; 6037 asection *tsec; 6038 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a 6039 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */ 6040 bfd_vma toff; 6041 bfd_vma trampoff; 6042 }; 6043 6044 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6045 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6046 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; 6047 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; 6048 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL; 6049 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL; 6050 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 6051 unsigned changes = 0; 6052 bfd_boolean workaround_change; 6053 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6054 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size; 6055 asection *got2; 6056 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted; 6057 6058 *again = FALSE; 6059 6060 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */ 6061 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 6062 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 6063 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 6064 || isec->size < 4) 6065 return TRUE; 6066 6067 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't 6068 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r 6069 anyway. */ 6070 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6071 return TRUE; 6072 6073 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info); 6074 if (htab == NULL) 6075 return TRUE; 6076 6077 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4; 6078 if (isec->rawsize == 0) 6079 isec->rawsize = isec->size; 6080 trampbase = isec->size; 6081 6082 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE 6083 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET); 6084 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET; 6085 6086 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6087 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6088 { 6089 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6090 { 6091 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info 6092 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info)); 6093 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6094 return FALSE; 6095 } 6096 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info; 6097 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size; 6098 } 6099 6100 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 6101 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0); 6102 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */ 6103 trampoff = trampbase; 6104 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize) 6105 trampoff += 4; 6106 6107 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 6108 picfixup_size = 0; 6109 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines 6110 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6111 { 6112 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ 6113 if (isec->reloc_count != 0) 6114 { 6115 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL, 6116 link_info->keep_memory); 6117 if (internal_relocs == NULL) 6118 goto error_return; 6119 } 6120 6121 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 6122 6123 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count; 6124 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) 6125 { 6126 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); 6127 bfd_vma toff, roff; 6128 asection *tsec; 6129 struct one_branch_fixup *f; 6130 size_t insn_offset = 0; 6131 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val; 6132 bfd_byte *hit_addr; 6133 unsigned long t0; 6134 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6135 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 6136 struct plt_entry **plist; 6137 unsigned char sym_type; 6138 6139 switch (r_type) 6140 { 6141 case R_PPC_REL24: 6142 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6143 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6144 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 6145 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; 6146 break; 6147 6148 case R_PPC_REL14: 6149 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6150 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6151 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; 6152 break; 6153 6154 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 6155 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6156 break; 6157 continue; 6158 6159 default: 6160 continue; 6161 } 6162 6163 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ 6164 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf, 6165 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd)) 6166 goto error_return; 6167 6168 if (isym != NULL) 6169 { 6170 if (tsec != NULL) 6171 ; 6172 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 6173 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6174 else 6175 continue; 6176 6177 toff = isym->st_value; 6178 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); 6179 } 6180 else 6181 { 6182 if (tsec != NULL) 6183 toff = h->root.u.def.value; 6184 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 6185 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 6186 { 6187 unsigned long indx; 6188 6189 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6190 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; 6191 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0; 6192 } 6193 else 6194 continue; 6195 6196 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later 6197 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long- 6198 branch stub in that case. */ 6199 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info) 6200 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6201 && irel != internal_relocs) 6202 { 6203 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info); 6204 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info); 6205 unsigned int tls_mask = 0; 6206 6207 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or 6208 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc 6209 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls 6210 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */ 6211 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 6212 { 6213 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6214 6215 if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 6216 { 6217 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6218 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6219 char *lgot_masks = (char *) 6220 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6221 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx]; 6222 } 6223 } 6224 else 6225 { 6226 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th 6227 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 6228 6229 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6230 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6231 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link; 6232 6233 tls_mask 6234 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask; 6235 } 6236 6237 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be 6238 optimised away. */ 6239 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 6240 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD 6241 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 6242 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO)) 6243 continue; 6244 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 6245 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD 6246 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 6247 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO)) 6248 continue; 6249 } 6250 6251 sym_type = h->type; 6252 } 6253 6254 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 6255 { 6256 if (h != NULL 6257 && !h->def_regular 6258 && h->protected_def 6259 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 6260 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo) 6261 picfixup_size += 12; 6262 continue; 6263 } 6264 6265 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must 6266 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here 6267 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch 6268 destination used here may be incorrect. */ 6269 plist = NULL; 6270 if (h != NULL) 6271 { 6272 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */ 6273 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6274 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6275 plist = &h->plt.plist; 6276 } 6277 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6278 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL) 6279 { 6280 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6281 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6282 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6283 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); 6284 } 6285 if (plist != NULL) 6286 { 6287 bfd_vma addend = 0; 6288 struct plt_entry *ent; 6289 6290 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6291 addend = irel->r_addend; 6292 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend); 6293 if (ent != NULL) 6294 { 6295 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 6296 || h == NULL 6297 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 6298 || h->dynindx == -1) 6299 { 6300 tsec = htab->glink; 6301 toff = ent->glink_offset; 6302 } 6303 else 6304 { 6305 tsec = htab->elf.splt; 6306 toff = ent->plt.offset; 6307 } 6308 } 6309 } 6310 6311 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have 6312 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the 6313 branch overflow. */ 6314 if (tsec == isec) 6315 continue; 6316 6317 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is 6318 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't 6319 support addends. It would be possible to do so by 6320 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on 6321 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */ 6322 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6323 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr 6324 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24 6325 && irel->r_addend != 0) 6326 continue; 6327 6328 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in 6329 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely 6330 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at 6331 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a 6332 reference for other target relax_section functions. */ 6333 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 6334 { 6335 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been 6336 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be 6337 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in 6338 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for 6339 section symbols have been adjusted.) 6340 6341 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE 6342 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when 6343 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against 6344 a section symbol we should include the addend in the 6345 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the 6346 location of interest is the original symbol. On the 6347 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not 6348 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an 6349 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The 6350 location of interest is just "sym". */ 6351 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION 6352 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6353 toff += irel->r_addend; 6354 6355 toff 6356 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, 6357 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, 6358 toff); 6359 6360 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION 6361 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6362 toff += irel->r_addend; 6363 } 6364 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */ 6365 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6366 toff += irel->r_addend; 6367 6368 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */ 6369 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6370 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr) 6371 || tsec->output_section == NULL 6372 || (tsec->owner != NULL 6373 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0)) 6374 continue; 6375 6376 roff = irel->r_offset; 6377 6378 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when 6379 relocatable if the output section size is such that a 6380 fixup can be created at final link. 6381 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number 6382 of other fixups being needed at final link. */ 6383 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6384 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff) 6385 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4))) 6386 continue; 6387 6388 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */ 6389 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr 6390 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6391 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during 6392 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */ 6393 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section)) 6394 { 6395 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr; 6396 6397 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff; 6398 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff; 6399 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset 6400 < 2 * max_branch_offset) 6401 continue; 6402 } 6403 6404 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */ 6405 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next) 6406 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff) 6407 break; 6408 6409 if (f == NULL) 6410 { 6411 size_t size; 6412 unsigned long stub_rtype; 6413 6414 val = trampoff - roff; 6415 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6416 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add 6417 one. We'll report an error later. */ 6418 continue; 6419 6420 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6421 { 6422 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); 6423 insn_offset = 12; 6424 } 6425 else 6426 { 6427 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 6428 insn_offset = 0; 6429 } 6430 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX; 6431 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt 6432 || tsec == htab->glink) 6433 { 6434 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT; 6435 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6436 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24; 6437 } 6438 6439 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two 6440 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */ 6441 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), 6442 stub_rtype); 6443 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset; 6444 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 6445 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 6446 irel->r_addend = 0; 6447 6448 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */ 6449 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f)); 6450 f->next = branch_fixups; 6451 f->tsec = tsec; 6452 f->toff = toff; 6453 f->trampoff = trampoff; 6454 branch_fixups = f; 6455 6456 trampoff += size; 6457 changes++; 6458 } 6459 else 6460 { 6461 val = f->trampoff - roff; 6462 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6463 continue; 6464 6465 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */ 6466 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6467 } 6468 6469 /* Get the section contents. */ 6470 if (contents == NULL) 6471 { 6472 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ 6473 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) 6474 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents; 6475 /* Go get them off disk. */ 6476 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents)) 6477 goto error_return; 6478 } 6479 6480 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */ 6481 hit_addr = contents + roff; 6482 switch (r_type) 6483 { 6484 case R_PPC_REL24: 6485 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6486 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6487 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6488 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc; 6489 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc; 6490 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6491 break; 6492 6493 case R_PPC_REL14: 6494 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6495 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6496 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6497 t0 &= ~0xfffc; 6498 t0 |= val & 0xfffc; 6499 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6500 break; 6501 } 6502 } 6503 6504 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6505 { 6506 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6507 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6508 free (f); 6509 } 6510 } 6511 6512 workaround_change = FALSE; 6513 newsize = trampoff; 6514 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6515 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6516 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)) 6517 { 6518 bfd_vma addr, end_addr; 6519 unsigned int crossings; 6520 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6521 6522 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset; 6523 end_addr = addr + trampoff; 6524 addr &= -pagesize; 6525 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6526 if (crossings != 0) 6527 { 6528 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does 6529 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a 6530 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */ 6531 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15); 6532 newsize += crossings * 16; 6533 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize) 6534 { 6535 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize; 6536 workaround_change = TRUE; 6537 } 6538 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */ 6539 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; 6540 } 6541 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size; 6542 } 6543 6544 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6545 { 6546 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size; 6547 if (picfixup_size != 0) 6548 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size; 6549 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size; 6550 } 6551 6552 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change) 6553 isec->size = newsize; 6554 6555 if (isymbuf != NULL 6556 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) 6557 { 6558 if (! link_info->keep_memory) 6559 free (isymbuf); 6560 else 6561 { 6562 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6563 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; 6564 } 6565 } 6566 6567 if (contents != NULL 6568 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6569 { 6570 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory) 6571 free (contents); 6572 else 6573 { 6574 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6575 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; 6576 } 6577 } 6578 6579 changes += picfixup_size; 6580 if (changes != 0) 6581 { 6582 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation 6583 information for the trampolines. */ 6584 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 6585 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count) 6586 * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6587 unsigned ix; 6588 6589 if (!new_relocs) 6590 goto error_return; 6591 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs, 6592 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6593 for (ix = changes; ix--;) 6594 { 6595 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count; 6596 6597 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6598 } 6599 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs) 6600 free (internal_relocs); 6601 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs; 6602 isec->reloc_count += changes; 6603 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec); 6604 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 6605 } 6606 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6607 free (internal_relocs); 6608 6609 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change; 6610 return TRUE; 6611 6612 error_return: 6613 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6614 { 6615 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6616 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6617 free (f); 6618 } 6619 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents) 6620 free (isymbuf); 6621 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6622 free (contents); 6623 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6624 free (internal_relocs); 6625 return FALSE; 6626 } 6627 6628 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in 6629 discarded sections. */ 6630 6631 static unsigned int 6632 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) 6633 { 6634 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0) 6635 return 0; 6636 6637 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0) 6638 return 0; 6639 6640 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); 6641 } 6642 6643 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */ 6644 6645 static bfd_vma 6646 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd, 6647 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 6648 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 6649 bfd_vma relocation, 6650 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 6651 { 6652 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 6653 6654 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 6655 6656 if (h != NULL) 6657 { 6658 /* Handle global symbol. */ 6659 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 6660 6661 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6662 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular); 6663 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer; 6664 } 6665 else 6666 { 6667 /* Handle local symbol. */ 6668 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 6669 6670 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)); 6671 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL); 6672 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx]; 6673 } 6674 6675 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr, 6676 rel->r_addend, 6677 lsect); 6678 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL); 6679 6680 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit 6681 as a "written" flag. */ 6682 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0) 6683 { 6684 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner, 6685 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend, 6686 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset); 6687 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1; 6688 } 6689 6690 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma 6691 + lsect->section->output_offset 6692 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1 6693 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym)); 6694 6695 #ifdef DEBUG 6696 fprintf (stderr, 6697 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n", 6698 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation); 6699 #endif 6700 6701 return relocation; 6702 } 6703 6704 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) 6705 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) 6706 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) 6707 6708 static void 6709 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent, 6710 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p, 6711 struct bfd_link_info *info) 6712 { 6713 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6714 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; 6715 bfd_vma plt; 6716 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 6717 6718 if (h != NULL 6719 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6720 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 6721 { 6722 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p); 6723 p += 4; 6724 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p); 6725 p += 4; 6726 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p); 6727 p += 4; 6728 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p); 6729 p += 4; 6730 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p); 6731 p += 4; 6732 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p); 6733 p += 4; 6734 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p); 6735 p += 4; 6736 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 6737 p += 4; 6738 } 6739 6740 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1) 6741 + plt_sec->output_section->vma 6742 + plt_sec->output_offset); 6743 6744 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 6745 { 6746 bfd_vma got = 0; 6747 6748 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 6749 got = (ent->addend 6750 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 6751 + ent->sec->output_offset); 6752 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 6753 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 6754 6755 plt -= got; 6756 6757 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 6758 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6759 else 6760 { 6761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6762 p += 4; 6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6764 } 6765 } 6766 else 6767 { 6768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6769 p += 4; 6770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6771 } 6772 p += 4; 6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); 6774 p += 4; 6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 6776 p += 4; 6777 while (p < end) 6778 { 6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 6780 p += 4; 6781 } 6782 } 6783 6784 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */ 6785 6786 static bfd_boolean 6787 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6788 { 6789 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6790 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6791 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL 6792 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); 6793 } 6794 6795 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return 6796 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If 6797 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */ 6798 6799 unsigned int 6800 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6801 { 6802 unsigned int rtra; 6803 6804 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26) 6805 return 0; 6806 6807 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg) 6808 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16)); 6809 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg) 6810 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5); 6811 else 6812 return 0; 6813 6814 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1) 6815 /* add -> addi. */ 6816 insn = 14 << 26; 6817 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1 6818 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6 6819 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6 6820 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6))) 6821 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */ 6822 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26; 6823 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1) 6824 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */ 6825 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1); 6826 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1) 6827 /* lwax -> lwa. */ 6828 insn = (58u << 26) | 2; 6829 else 6830 return 0; 6831 insn |= rtra; 6832 return insn; 6833 } 6834 6835 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return 6836 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the 6837 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */ 6838 6839 unsigned int 6840 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6841 { 6842 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16 6843 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 6844 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */ 6845 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 6846 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 6847 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 6848 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 6849 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 6850 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 6851 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 6852 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 6853 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 6854 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 6855 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 6856 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 6857 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 6858 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 6859 && (insn & 3) != 1) 6860 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 6861 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))) 6862 { 6863 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 6864 } 6865 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21 6866 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */ 6867 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */ 6868 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */)) 6869 { 6870 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21); 6871 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5; 6872 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */) 6873 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */ 6874 } 6875 else 6876 insn = 0; 6877 return insn; 6878 } 6879 6880 static bfd_boolean 6881 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn) 6882 { 6883 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */ 6884 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */ 6885 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */ 6886 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */); 6887 } 6888 6889 static bfd_boolean 6890 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn) 6891 { 6892 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */ 6893 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */ 6894 && (insn & 3) == 1)); 6895 } 6896 6897 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker 6898 to handle the relocations for a section. 6899 6900 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section 6901 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be 6902 zero. 6903 6904 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as 6905 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a 6906 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as 6907 necessary. 6908 6909 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc 6910 address or the reloc symbol index. 6911 6912 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. 6913 6914 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file 6915 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. 6916 6917 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found 6918 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). 6919 6920 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle 6921 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is 6922 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output 6923 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted 6924 accordingly. */ 6925 6926 static bfd_boolean 6927 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, 6928 struct bfd_link_info *info, 6929 bfd *input_bfd, 6930 asection *input_section, 6931 bfd_byte *contents, 6932 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, 6933 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 6934 asection **local_sections) 6935 { 6936 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6937 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 6938 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6939 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 6940 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; 6941 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; 6942 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 6943 asection *got2; 6944 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; 6945 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 6946 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0); 6947 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; 6948 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0; 6949 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 6950 6951 #ifdef DEBUG 6952 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, " 6953 "%ld relocations%s", 6954 input_bfd, input_section, 6955 (long) input_section->reloc_count, 6956 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); 6957 #endif 6958 6959 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)) 6960 { 6961 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 6962 return FALSE; 6963 } 6964 6965 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2"); 6966 6967 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 6968 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 6969 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 6970 6971 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6972 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); 6973 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); 6974 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); 6975 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections 6976 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ 6977 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info) 6978 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, 6979 ".tls_vars")); 6980 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET) 6981 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info; 6982 rel = wrel = relocs; 6983 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; 6984 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) 6985 { 6986 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 6987 bfd_vma addend; 6988 bfd_reloc_status_type r; 6989 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 6990 asection *sec; 6991 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6992 const char *sym_name; 6993 reloc_howto_type *howto; 6994 unsigned long r_symndx; 6995 bfd_vma relocation; 6996 bfd_vma branch_bit, from; 6997 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc; 6998 bfd_boolean warned; 6999 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd; 7000 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list; 7001 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto; 7002 7003 again: 7004 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 7005 sym = NULL; 7006 sec = NULL; 7007 h = NULL; 7008 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7009 warned = FALSE; 7010 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 7011 7012 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7013 { 7014 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 7015 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7016 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); 7017 7018 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); 7019 } 7020 else 7021 { 7022 bfd_boolean ignored; 7023 7024 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, 7025 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, 7026 h, sec, relocation, 7027 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); 7028 7029 sym_name = h->root.root.string; 7030 } 7031 7032 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) 7033 { 7034 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, 7035 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the 7036 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ 7037 howto = NULL; 7038 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7039 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7040 7041 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, 7042 contents, rel->r_offset); 7043 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; 7044 wrel->r_info = 0; 7045 wrel->r_addend = 0; 7046 7047 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against 7048 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for 7049 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the 7050 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ 7051 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) 7052 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) 7053 wrel--; 7054 7055 continue; 7056 } 7057 7058 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 7059 { 7060 if (got2 != NULL 7061 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7062 && rel->r_addend != 0) 7063 { 7064 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 7065 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */ 7066 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset; 7067 } 7068 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT 7069 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24 7070 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX) 7071 goto copy_reloc; 7072 } 7073 7074 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs 7075 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit 7076 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible 7077 for the final instruction stream. */ 7078 tls_mask = 0; 7079 tls_gd = 0; 7080 if (h != NULL) 7081 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask; 7082 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 7083 { 7084 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7085 char *lgot_masks; 7086 local_plt 7087 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7088 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7089 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 7090 } 7091 7092 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ 7093 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) 7094 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) 7095 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) 7096 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) 7097 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3) 7098 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3) 7099 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) 7100 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) 7101 abort (); 7102 switch (r_type) 7103 { 7104 default: 7105 break; 7106 7107 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7108 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7109 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7110 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) 7111 { 7112 bfd_vma insn; 7113 7114 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7115 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7116 insn &= 31 << 21; 7117 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */ 7118 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7119 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7120 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7121 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7122 } 7123 break; 7124 7125 case R_PPC_TLS: 7126 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7127 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) 7128 { 7129 bfd_vma insn; 7130 7131 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7132 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2); 7133 if (insn == 0) 7134 abort (); 7135 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7136 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7137 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7138 7139 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now 7140 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ 7141 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7142 } 7143 break; 7144 7145 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7146 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7147 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; 7148 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) 7149 goto tls_gdld_hi; 7150 break; 7151 7152 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7153 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7154 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) 7155 { 7156 tls_gdld_hi: 7157 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7158 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7159 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7160 else 7161 { 7162 rel->r_offset -= d_offset; 7163 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7164 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7165 } 7166 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7167 } 7168 break; 7169 7170 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7171 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7172 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; 7173 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) 7174 goto tls_ldgd_opt; 7175 break; 7176 7177 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7178 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7179 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) 7180 { 7181 unsigned int insn1, insn2; 7182 bfd_vma offset; 7183 7184 tls_ldgd_opt: 7185 offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 7186 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark 7187 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call 7188 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next 7189 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with 7190 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ 7191 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr 7192 && rel + 1 < relend 7193 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, 7194 htab->tls_get_addr)) 7195 offset = rel[1].r_offset; 7196 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep 7197 the destination reg. It may be something other than 7198 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by 7199 intervening code. */ 7200 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7201 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7202 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7203 { 7204 /* IE */ 7205 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16); 7206 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */ 7207 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 7208 { 7209 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7210 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7211 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7212 } 7213 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7214 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7215 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7216 } 7217 else 7218 { 7219 /* LE */ 7220 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21; 7221 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */ 7222 if (tls_gd == 0) 7223 { 7224 /* Was an LD reloc. */ 7225 for (r_symndx = 0; 7226 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7227 r_symndx++) 7228 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7229 break; 7230 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7231 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7232 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7233 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7234 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7235 + sec->output_offset 7236 + sec->output_section->vma); 7237 } 7238 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7239 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7240 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 7241 { 7242 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7243 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; 7244 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; 7245 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7246 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7247 } 7248 } 7249 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1, 7250 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7251 if (tls_gd == 0) 7252 { 7253 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over 7254 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ 7255 goto again; 7256 } 7257 } 7258 break; 7259 7260 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7261 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7262 && rel + 1 < relend) 7263 { 7264 unsigned int insn2; 7265 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; 7266 7267 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7268 { 7269 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); 7270 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7271 break; 7272 } 7273 7274 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0) 7275 { 7276 /* IE */ 7277 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7278 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7279 } 7280 else 7281 { 7282 /* LE */ 7283 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7284 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7285 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7286 } 7287 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7289 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7290 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7291 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7292 } 7293 break; 7294 7295 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7296 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7297 && rel + 1 < relend) 7298 { 7299 unsigned int insn2; 7300 7301 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7302 { 7303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7304 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7305 break; 7306 } 7307 7308 for (r_symndx = 0; 7309 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7310 r_symndx++) 7311 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7312 break; 7313 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7314 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7315 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7316 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7317 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7318 + sec->output_offset 7319 + sec->output_section->vma); 7320 7321 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7322 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7323 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, 7325 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7326 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7327 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7328 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7329 goto again; 7330 } 7331 break; 7332 } 7333 7334 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ 7335 branch_bit = 0; 7336 switch (r_type) 7337 { 7338 default: 7339 break; 7340 7341 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ 7342 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 7343 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 7344 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7345 /* Fall through. */ 7346 7347 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ 7348 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 7349 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 7350 { 7351 unsigned int insn; 7352 7353 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7354 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7355 insn |= branch_bit; 7356 7357 from = (rel->r_offset 7358 + input_section->output_offset 7359 + input_section->output_section->vma); 7360 7361 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ 7362 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0) 7363 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7364 7365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7366 } 7367 break; 7368 7369 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 7370 { 7371 unsigned int insn; 7372 7373 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7374 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7375 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 7376 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0) 7377 { 7378 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 7379 { 7380 /* Convert addis to lis. */ 7381 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7382 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7383 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7384 } 7385 } 7386 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 7387 info->callbacks->einfo 7388 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"), 7389 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7390 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn); 7391 } 7392 break; 7393 } 7394 7395 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 7396 && h != NULL 7397 && !h->def_regular 7398 && h->protected_def 7399 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 7400 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 7401 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 7402 { 7403 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected 7404 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */ 7405 unsigned int insn; 7406 7407 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 7408 { 7409 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7410 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7411 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26) 7412 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */) 7413 { 7414 bfd_byte *p; 7415 bfd_vma off; 7416 bfd_vma got_addr; 7417 7418 p = (contents + input_section->size 7419 - relax_info->workaround_size 7420 - relax_info->picfixup_size 7421 + picfixup_size); 7422 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7423 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0) 7424 info->callbacks->einfo 7425 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"), 7426 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 7427 7428 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off, 7429 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7430 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7431 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7432 + (h->got.offset & ~1)); 7433 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset; 7434 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 7435 wrel->r_addend = got_addr; 7436 insn &= ~0xffff; 7437 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 7438 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7439 7440 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */ 7441 insn &= ~0xffff; 7442 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26; 7443 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5; 7444 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff; 7445 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4); 7446 7447 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8); 7448 picfixup_size += 12; 7449 7450 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs 7451 output is reasonable. */ 7452 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel)); 7453 wrel++, rel++; 7454 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4; 7455 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 7456 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend; 7457 7458 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output 7459 dynamic reloc. */ 7460 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; 7461 } 7462 else 7463 _bfd_error_handler 7464 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7465 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7466 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7467 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7468 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn); 7469 } 7470 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 7471 { 7472 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7473 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7474 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 7475 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 7476 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 7477 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 7478 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 7479 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 7480 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 7481 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 7482 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 7483 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 7484 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 7485 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 7486 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 7487 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 7488 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 7489 && (insn & 3) != 1) 7490 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 7491 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))) 7492 { 7493 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */ 7494 relocation = 0; 7495 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7496 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type); 7497 } 7498 else 7499 _bfd_error_handler 7500 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7501 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7502 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7503 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7504 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn); 7505 } 7506 } 7507 7508 ifunc = NULL; 7509 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 7510 { 7511 struct plt_entry *ent; 7512 7513 if (h != NULL) 7514 { 7515 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7516 ifunc = &h->plt.plist; 7517 } 7518 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL 7519 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7520 { 7521 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7522 7523 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 7524 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7525 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; 7526 } 7527 7528 ent = NULL; 7529 if (ifunc != NULL 7530 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) 7531 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 7532 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7533 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7534 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7535 { 7536 addend = 0; 7537 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7538 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7539 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7540 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7541 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7542 addend = rel->r_addend; 7543 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); 7544 } 7545 if (ent != NULL) 7546 { 7547 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7548 && ent->sec != got2 7549 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW 7550 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7551 || h == NULL 7552 || h->dynindx == -1)) 7553 { 7554 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub 7555 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in 7556 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and 7557 apparently are using code compiled with 7558 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code 7559 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend 7560 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or 7561 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far 7562 into .got2). */ 7563 info->callbacks->einfo 7564 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7565 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"), 7566 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); 7567 } 7568 7569 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7570 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 7571 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7572 || h == NULL 7573 || h->dynindx == -1) 7574 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 7575 + htab->glink->output_offset 7576 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1)); 7577 else 7578 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 7579 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 7580 + ent->plt.offset); 7581 } 7582 } 7583 7584 addend = rel->r_addend; 7585 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc; 7586 howto = NULL; 7587 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7588 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7589 7590 tls_type = 0; 7591 switch (r_type) 7592 { 7593 default: 7594 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7595 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 7596 input_bfd, howto->name); 7597 7598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 7599 ret = FALSE; 7600 goto copy_reloc; 7601 7602 case R_PPC_NONE: 7603 case R_PPC_TLS: 7604 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7605 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7606 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 7607 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 7608 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 7609 goto copy_reloc; 7610 7611 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's 7612 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the 7613 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the 7614 symbol and put the symbol value there. */ 7615 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7616 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7617 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7618 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7619 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7620 goto dogot; 7621 7622 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7623 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7624 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7625 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7626 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7627 goto dogot; 7628 7629 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7630 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7631 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 7632 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 7633 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7634 goto dogot; 7635 7636 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 7637 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 7638 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 7639 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 7640 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7641 goto dogot; 7642 7643 case R_PPC_GOT16: 7644 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 7645 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 7646 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 7647 tls_mask = 0; 7648 dogot: 7649 { 7650 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global 7651 offset table. */ 7652 bfd_vma off; 7653 bfd_vma *offp; 7654 unsigned long indx; 7655 7656 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 7657 abort (); 7658 7659 indx = 0; 7660 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) 7661 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7662 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset; 7663 else if (h != NULL) 7664 { 7665 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7666 || h->dynindx == -1 7667 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) 7668 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7669 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a 7670 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined 7671 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local 7672 because of a version file. */ 7673 ; 7674 else 7675 { 7676 indx = h->dynindx; 7677 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7678 } 7679 offp = &h->got.offset; 7680 } 7681 else 7682 { 7683 if (local_got_offsets == NULL) 7684 abort (); 7685 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; 7686 } 7687 7688 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the 7689 least significant bit to record whether we have already 7690 processed this entry. */ 7691 off = *offp; 7692 if ((off & 1) != 0) 7693 off &= ~1; 7694 else 7695 { 7696 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7697 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL 7698 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE) 7699 : 0); 7700 7701 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) 7702 tls_m = TLS_LD; 7703 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0 7704 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7705 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7706 7707 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym. 7708 Initialize them all. */ 7709 do 7710 { 7711 int tls_ty = 0; 7712 7713 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0) 7714 { 7715 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7716 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7717 } 7718 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0) 7719 { 7720 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7721 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD; 7722 } 7723 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7724 { 7725 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7726 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL; 7727 } 7728 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) 7729 { 7730 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7731 tls_m = 0; 7732 } 7733 7734 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */ 7735 if (indx != 0 7736 || (bfd_link_pic (info) 7737 && (h == NULL 7738 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7739 && !(tls_ty != 0 7740 && bfd_link_executable (info) 7741 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))) 7742 { 7743 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 7744 bfd_byte * loc; 7745 7746 if (ifunc != NULL) 7747 { 7748 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 7749 if (indx == 0) 7750 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7751 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 7752 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7753 } 7754 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7755 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7756 + off); 7757 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7758 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7759 { 7760 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32); 7761 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7762 { 7763 loc = rsec->contents; 7764 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ 7765 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 7766 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, 7767 &outrel, loc); 7768 outrel.r_offset += 4; 7769 outrel.r_info 7770 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7771 } 7772 } 7773 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7774 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7775 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) 7776 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32); 7777 else if (indx != 0) 7778 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT); 7779 else if (ifunc != NULL) 7780 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 7781 else 7782 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 7783 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7784 { 7785 outrel.r_addend += relocation; 7786 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) 7787 { 7788 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7789 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7790 else 7791 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; 7792 } 7793 } 7794 loc = rsec->contents; 7795 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ 7796 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 7797 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); 7798 } 7799 7800 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not 7801 emitting a reloc. */ 7802 else 7803 { 7804 bfd_vma value = relocation; 7805 7806 if (tls_ty != 0) 7807 { 7808 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7809 value = 0; 7810 else 7811 { 7812 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD) 7813 value = 0; 7814 else 7815 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7816 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL) 7817 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; 7818 } 7819 7820 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7821 { 7822 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7823 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); 7824 value = 1; 7825 } 7826 } 7827 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7828 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); 7829 } 7830 7831 off += 4; 7832 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7833 off += 4; 7834 } 7835 while (tls_m != 0); 7836 7837 off = *offp; 7838 *offp = off | 1; 7839 } 7840 7841 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) 7842 abort (); 7843 7844 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0) 7845 { 7846 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7847 { 7848 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 7849 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7850 off += 8; 7851 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7852 { 7853 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 7854 off += 8; 7855 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7856 { 7857 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7858 off += 4; 7859 } 7860 } 7861 } 7862 } 7863 7864 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */ 7865 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 7866 goto copy_reloc; 7867 7868 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7869 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7870 + off 7871 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot)); 7872 7873 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense. 7874 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is 7875 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the 7876 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */ 7877 if (addend != 0) 7878 info->callbacks->einfo 7879 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7880 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"), 7881 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7882 howto->name, 7883 sym_name); 7884 } 7885 break; 7886 7887 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */ 7888 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 7889 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation 7890 at a symbol not in this object. */ 7891 if (unresolved_reloc) 7892 { 7893 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info, 7894 h->root.root.string, 7895 input_bfd, 7896 input_section, 7897 rel->r_offset, 7898 TRUE); 7899 goto copy_reloc; 7900 } 7901 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info)) 7902 { 7903 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since 7904 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More 7905 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call 7906 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to 7907 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is 7908 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking 7909 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is 7910 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */ 7911 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7912 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"), 7913 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7914 h->root.root.string); 7915 } 7916 break; 7917 7918 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 7919 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 7920 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 7921 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 7922 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 7923 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7924 break; 7925 7926 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared 7927 object. */ 7928 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 7929 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 7930 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 7931 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 7932 if (h != NULL 7933 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 7934 && h->dynindx == -1) 7935 { 7936 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol 7937 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since 7938 code using weak externs ought to check that they are 7939 defined before using them. */ 7940 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; 7941 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 7942 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2); 7943 if (insn != 0) 7944 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7945 break; 7946 } 7947 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 7948 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 7949 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared 7950 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in 7951 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ 7952 goto dodyn; 7953 7954 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 7955 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 7956 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 7957 goto dodyn; 7958 7959 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 7960 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 7961 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7962 goto dodyn; 7963 7964 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 7965 relocation = 1; 7966 addend = 0; 7967 goto dodyn; 7968 7969 case R_PPC_REL16: 7970 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 7971 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 7972 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 7973 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 7974 break; 7975 7976 case R_PPC_REL32: 7977 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 7978 break; 7979 /* fall through */ 7980 7981 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 7982 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 7983 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 7984 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 7985 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 7986 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 7987 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 7988 goto dodyn; 7989 7990 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 7991 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 7992 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 7993 case R_PPC_REL24: 7994 case R_PPC_REL14: 7995 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 7996 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 7997 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be 7998 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */ 7999 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 8000 || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8001 break; 8002 /* fall through */ 8003 8004 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 8005 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 8006 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 8007 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 8008 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 8009 break; 8010 /* fall through */ 8011 8012 dodyn: 8013 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 8014 || is_vxworks_tls) 8015 break; 8016 8017 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 8018 ? ((h == NULL 8019 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL) 8020 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h)) 8021 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) 8022 : (h != NULL 8023 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL)) 8024 { 8025 int skip; 8026 bfd_byte *loc; 8027 asection *sreloc; 8028 long indx = 0; 8029 8030 #ifdef DEBUG 8031 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to " 8032 "create relocation for %s\n", 8033 (h && h->root.root.string 8034 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 8035 #endif 8036 8037 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations 8038 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run 8039 time. */ 8040 skip = 0; 8041 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, 8042 input_section, 8043 rel->r_offset); 8044 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 8045 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) 8046 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset; 8047 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 8048 + input_section->output_offset); 8049 8050 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */ 8051 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0) 8052 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0)) 8053 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32; 8054 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0) 8055 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0)) 8056 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16; 8057 8058 if (skip) 8059 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); 8060 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 8061 { 8062 indx = h->dynindx; 8063 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1); 8064 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8065 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8066 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8067 } 8068 else 8069 { 8070 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; 8071 8072 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32) 8073 { 8074 if (ifunc != NULL) 8075 { 8076 /* If we get here when building a static 8077 executable, then the libc startup function 8078 responsible for applying indirect function 8079 relocations is going to complain about 8080 the reloc type. 8081 If we get here when building a dynamic 8082 executable, it will be because we have 8083 a text relocation. The dynamic loader 8084 will set the text segment writable and 8085 non-executable to apply text relocations. 8086 So we'll segfault when trying to run the 8087 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */ 8088 info->callbacks->einfo 8089 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8090 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect " 8091 "function %s unsupported\n"), 8092 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8093 howto->name, 8094 sym_name); 8095 ret = FALSE; 8096 } 8097 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) 8098 ; 8099 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) 8100 { 8101 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8102 ret = FALSE; 8103 } 8104 else 8105 { 8106 asection *osec; 8107 8108 /* We are turning this relocation into one 8109 against a section symbol. It would be 8110 proper to subtract the symbol's value, 8111 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, 8112 but ld.so expects buggy relocs. 8113 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */ 8114 osec = sec->output_section; 8115 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) 8116 { 8117 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec; 8118 indx = 0; 8119 } 8120 else 8121 { 8122 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8123 if (indx == 0) 8124 { 8125 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; 8126 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8127 } 8128 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); 8129 } 8130 8131 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs. 8132 Don't leave the symbol value in the 8133 addend for them. */ 8134 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type)) 8135 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma; 8136 } 8137 8138 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8139 } 8140 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8141 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 8142 else 8143 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 8144 } 8145 8146 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 8147 if (ifunc) 8148 { 8149 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 8150 if (indx == 0) 8151 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8152 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 8153 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8154 } 8155 if (sreloc == NULL) 8156 return FALSE; 8157 8158 loc = sreloc->contents; 8159 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8160 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); 8161 8162 if (skip == -1) 8163 goto copy_reloc; 8164 8165 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory 8166 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */ 8167 if (!skip) 8168 { 8169 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0; 8170 addend = 0; 8171 break; 8172 } 8173 } 8174 break; 8175 8176 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 8177 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 8178 if (h != NULL) 8179 { 8180 struct plt_entry *ent; 8181 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0; 8182 8183 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 8184 { 8185 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8186 got2_addend = addend; 8187 addend = 0; 8188 } 8189 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend); 8190 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8191 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8192 + htab->glink->output_offset 8193 + ent->glink_offset); 8194 else 8195 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8196 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8197 + ent->plt.offset); 8198 } 8199 /* Fall through. */ 8200 8201 case R_PPC_RELAX: 8202 { 8203 const int *stub; 8204 size_t size; 8205 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset; 8206 unsigned int insn; 8207 8208 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8209 { 8210 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma 8211 + input_section->output_offset 8212 + rel->r_offset - 4); 8213 stub = shared_stub_entry; 8214 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12); 8215 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8); 8216 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4); 8217 stub += 3; 8218 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3; 8219 } 8220 else 8221 { 8222 stub = stub_entry; 8223 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 8224 } 8225 8226 relocation += addend; 8227 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 8228 relocation = 0; 8229 8230 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */ 8231 insn = *stub++; 8232 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8233 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8234 insn_offset += 4; 8235 8236 insn = *stub++; 8237 insn |= relocation & 0xffff; 8238 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8239 insn_offset += 4; 8240 size -= 2; 8241 8242 while (size != 0) 8243 { 8244 insn = *stub++; 8245 --size; 8246 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8247 insn_offset += 4; 8248 } 8249 8250 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop 8251 relocs to describe this relocation. */ 8252 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); 8253 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ 8254 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset; 8255 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 8256 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8257 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel)); 8258 wrel++, rel++; 8259 wrel->r_offset += 4; 8260 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 8261 } 8262 continue; 8263 8264 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 8265 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 8266 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL); 8267 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym)) 8268 { 8269 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8270 break; 8271 } 8272 relocation 8273 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0], 8274 h, relocation, rel); 8275 addend = 0; 8276 break; 8277 8278 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 8279 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 8280 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL); 8281 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym)) 8282 { 8283 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8284 break; 8285 } 8286 relocation 8287 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1], 8288 h, relocation, rel); 8289 addend = 0; 8290 break; 8291 8292 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got 8293 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating 8294 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the 8295 AIX .toc section. */ 8296 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */ 8297 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8298 { 8299 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8300 break; 8301 } 8302 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0 8303 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0); 8304 8305 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; 8306 break; 8307 8308 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 8309 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL) 8310 { 8311 struct plt_entry *ent; 8312 8313 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, 8314 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8315 if (ent == NULL 8316 || htab->elf.splt == NULL) 8317 { 8318 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This 8319 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when 8320 using -Bsymbolic. */ 8321 } 8322 else 8323 { 8324 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the 8325 procedure linkage table. */ 8326 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8327 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8328 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8329 + htab->glink->output_offset 8330 + ent->glink_offset); 8331 else 8332 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8333 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8334 + ent->plt.offset); 8335 } 8336 } 8337 8338 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 8339 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. 8340 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */ 8341 addend = 0; 8342 break; 8343 8344 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8345 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8346 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8347 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 8348 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8349 plt_list = NULL; 8350 if (h != NULL) 8351 plt_list = &h->plt.plist; 8352 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8353 plt_list = ifunc; 8354 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 8355 { 8356 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 8357 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 8358 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 8359 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx; 8360 } 8361 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8362 if (plt_list != NULL) 8363 { 8364 struct plt_entry *ent; 8365 8366 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2, 8367 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8368 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 8369 { 8370 asection *plt; 8371 8372 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8373 plt = htab->elf.splt; 8374 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 8375 || h == NULL 8376 || h->dynindx == -1) 8377 { 8378 if (ifunc != NULL) 8379 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 8380 else 8381 plt = htab->pltlocal; 8382 } 8383 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma 8384 + plt->output_offset 8385 + ent->plt.offset); 8386 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8387 { 8388 bfd_vma got = 0; 8389 8390 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 8391 got = (ent->addend 8392 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 8393 + ent->sec->output_offset); 8394 else 8395 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 8396 relocation -= got; 8397 } 8398 } 8399 } 8400 addend = 0; 8401 break; 8402 8403 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */ 8404 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8405 { 8406 const char *name; 8407 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8408 8409 if (sec == NULL 8410 || sec->output_section == NULL 8411 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8412 { 8413 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8414 break; 8415 } 8416 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8417 8418 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8419 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8420 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)) 8421 { 8422 _bfd_error_handler 8423 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8424 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8425 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8426 input_bfd, 8427 sym_name, 8428 howto->name, 8429 name); 8430 } 8431 } 8432 break; 8433 8434 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */ 8435 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 8436 { 8437 const char *name; 8438 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8439 8440 if (sec == NULL 8441 || sec->output_section == NULL 8442 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8443 { 8444 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8445 break; 8446 } 8447 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8448 8449 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8450 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8451 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)) 8452 { 8453 _bfd_error_handler 8454 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8455 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8456 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8457 input_bfd, 8458 sym_name, 8459 howto->name, 8460 name); 8461 } 8462 } 8463 break; 8464 8465 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 8466 relocation = relocation + addend; 8467 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8468 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8469 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8470 goto copy_reloc; 8471 8472 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 8473 relocation = relocation + addend; 8474 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8475 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8476 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8477 goto copy_reloc; 8478 8479 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 8480 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8481 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8482 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8483 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8484 goto copy_reloc; 8485 8486 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 8487 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8488 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8489 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8490 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8491 goto copy_reloc; 8492 8493 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 8494 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8495 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8496 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8497 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8498 goto copy_reloc; 8499 8500 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 8501 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8502 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8503 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8504 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8505 goto copy_reloc; 8506 8507 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */ 8508 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 8509 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 8510 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 8511 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 8512 { 8513 const char *name; 8514 int reg; 8515 unsigned int insn; 8516 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8517 8518 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8519 { 8520 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8521 break; 8522 } 8523 8524 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8525 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8526 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8527 { 8528 reg = 13; 8529 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8530 } 8531 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8532 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8533 { 8534 reg = 2; 8535 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8536 } 8537 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0 8538 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0) 8539 { 8540 reg = 0; 8541 } 8542 else 8543 { 8544 _bfd_error_handler 8545 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8546 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8547 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8548 input_bfd, 8549 sym_name, 8550 howto->name, 8551 name); 8552 8553 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8554 ret = FALSE; 8555 goto copy_reloc; 8556 } 8557 8558 if (sda != NULL) 8559 { 8560 if (!is_static_defined (sda)) 8561 { 8562 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8563 break; 8564 } 8565 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8566 } 8567 8568 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA) 8569 break; 8570 8571 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface 8572 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 8573 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and 8574 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on 8575 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file 8576 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in 8577 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */ 8578 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21) 8579 rel->r_offset &= ~1; 8580 8581 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 8582 if (reg == 0 8583 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8584 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO)) 8585 { 8586 relocation = relocation + addend; 8587 addend = 0; 8588 8589 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */ 8590 insn &= 0x1f << 21; 8591 insn |= 28u << 26; 8592 8593 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 8594 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 8595 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5; 8596 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 8597 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5; 8598 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 8599 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff; 8600 8601 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8602 8603 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8604 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000) 8605 goto overflow; 8606 goto copy_reloc; 8607 } 8608 /* Fill in register field. */ 8609 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT); 8610 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8611 } 8612 break; 8613 8614 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 8615 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 8616 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 8617 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 8618 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 8619 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 8620 { 8621 bfd_vma value; 8622 const char *name; 8623 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8624 8625 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8626 { 8627 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8628 break; 8629 } 8630 8631 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8632 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8633 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8634 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8635 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8636 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8637 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8638 else 8639 { 8640 _bfd_error_handler 8641 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8642 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8643 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8644 input_bfd, 8645 sym_name, 8646 howto->name, 8647 name); 8648 8649 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8650 ret = FALSE; 8651 goto copy_reloc; 8652 } 8653 8654 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8655 { 8656 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8657 break; 8658 } 8659 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda); 8660 8661 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A) 8662 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8663 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8664 split16a_type, 8665 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8666 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D) 8667 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8668 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8669 split16d_type, 8670 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8671 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A) 8672 { 8673 value = value >> 16; 8674 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8675 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8676 split16a_type, 8677 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8678 } 8679 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D) 8680 { 8681 value = value >> 16; 8682 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8683 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8684 split16d_type, 8685 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8686 } 8687 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A) 8688 { 8689 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8690 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8691 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8692 split16a_type, 8693 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8694 } 8695 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D) 8696 { 8697 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8698 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8699 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8700 split16d_type, 8701 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8702 } 8703 } 8704 goto copy_reloc; 8705 8706 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 8707 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation); 8708 goto copy_reloc; 8709 8710 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ 8711 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8712 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8713 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 8714 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8715 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8716 { 8717 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8718 break; 8719 } 8720 addend -= sec->output_section->vma; 8721 break; 8722 8723 /* Negative relocations. */ 8724 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 8725 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 8726 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 8727 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 8728 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8729 addend -= 2 * relocation; 8730 break; 8731 8732 case R_PPC_COPY: 8733 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 8734 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 8735 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 8736 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 8737 case R_PPC_PLT32: 8738 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 8739 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 8740 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 8741 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 8742 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 8743 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8744 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 8745 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8746 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 8747 input_bfd, howto->name); 8748 8749 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 8750 ret = FALSE; 8751 goto copy_reloc; 8752 } 8753 8754 switch (r_type) 8755 { 8756 default: 8757 break; 8758 8759 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8760 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 8761 { 8762 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8763 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8764 } 8765 break; 8766 8767 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8768 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 8769 { 8770 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8771 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8772 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 8773 insn |= 2 << 16; 8774 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 8775 } 8776 break; 8777 } 8778 8779 switch (r_type) 8780 { 8781 default: 8782 break; 8783 8784 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8785 if (unresolved_reloc) 8786 { 8787 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; 8788 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8789 insn &= 1; 8790 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p); 8791 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc; 8792 r_type = R_PPC_REL24; 8793 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8794 } 8795 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8796 info->callbacks->einfo 8797 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8798 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8799 howto->name); 8800 break; 8801 8802 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8803 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8804 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8805 if (unresolved_reloc) 8806 { 8807 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8808 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8809 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8810 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 8811 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8812 } 8813 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8814 info->callbacks->einfo 8815 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8816 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8817 howto->name); 8818 break; 8819 } 8820 8821 /* Do any further special processing. */ 8822 switch (r_type) 8823 { 8824 default: 8825 break; 8826 8827 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8828 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8829 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8830 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8831 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8832 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8833 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8834 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8835 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol 8836 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, 8837 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol 8838 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ 8839 if (sec == NULL) 8840 break; 8841 /* Fall through. */ 8842 8843 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8844 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 8845 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 8846 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 8847 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 8848 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 8849 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. 8850 Bits 0:15 are not used. */ 8851 addend += 0x8000; 8852 break; 8853 8854 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8855 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8856 case R_PPC_GOT16: 8857 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 8858 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8859 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8860 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8861 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8862 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8863 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8864 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8865 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 8866 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 8867 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 8868 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 8869 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 8870 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 8871 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 8872 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 8873 { 8874 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with 8875 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits 8876 that make up part of the insn opcode. */ 8877 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit; 8878 8879 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 8880 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 8881 mask = 0; 8882 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn)) 8883 mask = 3; 8884 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn)) 8885 mask = 15; 8886 else 8887 break; 8888 relocation += addend; 8889 addend = insn & mask; 8890 lobit = mask & relocation; 8891 if (lobit != 0) 8892 { 8893 relocation ^= lobit; 8894 info->callbacks->einfo 8895 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8896 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"), 8897 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8898 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1); 8899 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8900 ret = FALSE; 8901 } 8902 } 8903 break; 8904 } 8905 8906 #ifdef DEBUG 8907 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, " 8908 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", 8909 howto->name, 8910 (int) r_type, 8911 sym_name, 8912 r_symndx, 8913 (long) rel->r_offset, 8914 (long) addend); 8915 #endif 8916 8917 if (unresolved_reloc 8918 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 8919 && h->def_dynamic) 8920 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, 8921 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) 8922 { 8923 info->callbacks->einfo 8924 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8925 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"), 8926 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8927 howto->name, 8928 sym_name); 8929 ret = FALSE; 8930 } 8931 8932 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a 8933 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should 8934 have different reloc types. */ 8935 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont 8936 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff 8937 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 8938 { 8939 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed; 8940 8941 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0) 8942 { 8943 unsigned int insn; 8944 8945 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); 8946 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */) 8947 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield; 8948 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */ 8949 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */ 8950 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */) 8951 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned; 8952 } 8953 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain) 8954 { 8955 alt_howto = *howto; 8956 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain; 8957 howto = &alt_howto; 8958 } 8959 } 8960 8961 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 8962 { 8963 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */ 8964 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size) 8965 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 8966 else 8967 { 8968 unsigned int insn; 8969 8970 relocation += addend; 8971 relocation -= (rel->r_offset 8972 + input_section->output_offset 8973 + input_section->output_section->vma); 8974 relocation >>= 16; 8975 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 8976 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 8977 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15); 8978 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8979 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 8980 } 8981 } 8982 else 8983 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, 8984 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend); 8985 8986 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 8987 { 8988 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) 8989 { 8990 overflow: 8991 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow 8992 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */ 8993 if (!warned 8994 && !(h != NULL 8995 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 8996 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 8997 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))) 8998 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow 8999 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name, 9000 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 9001 } 9002 else 9003 { 9004 info->callbacks->einfo 9005 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9006 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"), 9007 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9008 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r); 9009 ret = FALSE; 9010 } 9011 } 9012 copy_reloc: 9013 if (wrel != rel) 9014 *wrel = *rel; 9015 } 9016 9017 if (wrel != rel) 9018 { 9019 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 9020 size_t deleted = rel - wrel; 9021 9022 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); 9023 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9024 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) 9025 { 9026 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave 9027 one NONE reloc. 9028 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ 9029 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 9030 deleted -= 1; 9031 wrel++; 9032 } 9033 relend = wrel; 9034 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); 9035 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9036 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; 9037 } 9038 9039 #ifdef DEBUG 9040 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9041 #endif 9042 9043 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9044 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize 9045 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 9046 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)) 9047 { 9048 /* Branch around the trampolines. */ 9049 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize; 9050 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize); 9051 } 9052 9053 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 9054 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9055 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) 9056 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power 9057 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))) 9058 { 9059 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr; 9060 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 9061 9062 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0) 9063 { 9064 bfd_byte *p; 9065 unsigned int n; 9066 bfd_byte fill[4]; 9067 9068 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill); 9069 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size; 9070 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2; 9071 while (n--) 9072 { 9073 memcpy (p, fill, 4); 9074 p += 4; 9075 } 9076 } 9077 9078 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a 9079 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a 9080 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by 9081 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not 9082 wanting to touch data-in-text. */ 9083 9084 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma 9085 + input_section->output_offset); 9086 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9087 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9088 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4); 9089 addr < end_addr; 9090 addr += pagesize) 9091 { 9092 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr; 9093 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi; 9094 bfd_boolean is_data; 9095 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr; 9096 unsigned int insn; 9097 9098 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave 9099 the word alone. */ 9100 is_data = FALSE; 9101 lo = relocs; 9102 hi = relend; 9103 rel = NULL; 9104 while (lo < hi) 9105 { 9106 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2; 9107 if (rel->r_offset < offset) 9108 lo = rel + 1; 9109 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3) 9110 hi = rel; 9111 else 9112 { 9113 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 9114 { 9115 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 9116 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 9117 case R_PPC_REL32: 9118 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 9119 is_data = TRUE; 9120 break; 9121 default: 9122 break; 9123 } 9124 break; 9125 } 9126 } 9127 if (is_data) 9128 continue; 9129 9130 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional 9131 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl), 9132 avoid the icache failure. 9133 9134 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary 9135 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next 9136 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad 9137 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The 9138 unconditional branches: 9139 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla, 9140 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla, 9141 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl, 9142 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional, 9143 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is 9144 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the 9145 instruction is not executed. 9146 9147 A bctr example: 9148 . 9149 . lis 9,new_page@ha 9150 . addi 9,9,new_page@l 9151 . mtctr 9 9152 . bctr 9153 . nop 9154 . nop 9155 . new_page: 9156 . 9157 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being 9158 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the 9159 new page which might have stale instructions. If they 9160 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the 9161 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications 9162 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first 9163 place: 9164 . 9165 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha 9166 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l 9167 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9 9168 . bctr bctr 9169 . nop b somewhere_else 9170 . b somewhere_else nop 9171 . new_page: new_page: 9172 . */ 9173 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); 9174 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */ 9175 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/ 9176 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */ 9177 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26) 9178 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */ 9179 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */ 9180 continue; 9181 9182 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9183 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9184 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16; 9185 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr; 9186 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset); 9187 9188 if (rel != NULL 9189 && rel->r_offset >= offset 9190 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4) 9191 { 9192 asection *sreloc; 9193 9194 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the 9195 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved 9196 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */ 9197 if (rel + 1 != relend) 9198 { 9199 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel; 9200 9201 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */ 9202 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel)); 9203 relend[-1] = tmp; 9204 } 9205 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9206 9207 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */ 9208 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info)) 9209 { 9210 case R_PPC_REL16: 9211 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 9212 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 9213 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 9214 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset; 9215 break; 9216 default: 9217 break; 9218 } 9219 9220 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with 9221 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too? 9222 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */ 9223 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 9224 if (sreloc != NULL) 9225 { 9226 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend; 9227 bfd_vma soffset; 9228 9229 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents; 9230 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count; 9231 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma 9232 + input_section->output_offset); 9233 while (slo < shi) 9234 { 9235 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2; 9236 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel, 9237 &outrel); 9238 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset) 9239 slo = srel + 1; 9240 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3) 9241 shi = srel; 9242 else 9243 { 9244 if (srel + 1 != srelend) 9245 { 9246 memmove (srel, srel + 1, 9247 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel)); 9248 srel = srelend - 1; 9249 } 9250 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9251 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, 9252 (bfd_byte *) srel); 9253 break; 9254 } 9255 } 9256 } 9257 } 9258 else 9259 rel = NULL; 9260 9261 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */ 9262 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */) 9263 { 9264 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; 9265 9266 delta += offset - patch_off; 9267 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9268 delta = 0; 9269 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9270 { 9271 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 9272 9273 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info); 9274 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN) 9275 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9276 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9277 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9278 else 9279 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14); 9280 9281 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 9282 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9283 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000 9284 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0) 9285 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9286 } 9287 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 9288 { 9289 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9290 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc), 9291 contents + patch_off); 9292 patch_off += 4; 9293 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9294 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9295 contents + patch_off); 9296 patch_off += 4; 9297 } 9298 else 9299 { 9300 if (rel != NULL) 9301 { 9302 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info); 9303 9304 relend[-1].r_offset += 8; 9305 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24); 9306 } 9307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9308 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8, 9309 contents + patch_off); 9310 patch_off += 4; 9311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9312 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9313 contents + patch_off); 9314 patch_off += 4; 9315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9316 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc), 9317 contents + patch_off); 9318 patch_off += 4; 9319 } 9320 } 9321 else 9322 { 9323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off); 9324 patch_off += 4; 9325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9326 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9327 contents + patch_off); 9328 patch_off += 4; 9329 } 9330 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size); 9331 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off; 9332 } 9333 } 9334 9335 return ret; 9336 } 9337 9338 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */ 9339 9340 static bfd_boolean 9341 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 9342 { 9343 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; 9344 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9345 struct plt_entry *ent; 9346 bfd_boolean doneone; 9347 9348 doneone = FALSE; 9349 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9350 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9351 { 9352 if (!doneone) 9353 { 9354 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9355 bfd_byte *loc; 9356 bfd_vma reloc_index; 9357 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9358 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; 9359 9360 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 9361 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9362 || h->dynindx == -1) 9363 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4; 9364 else 9365 { 9366 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 9367 / htab->plt_slot_size); 9368 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 9369 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9370 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2; 9371 } 9372 9373 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. 9374 Set it up. */ 9375 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS 9376 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9377 && h->dynindx != -1) 9378 { 9379 bfd_vma got_offset; 9380 const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 9381 9382 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */ 9383 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4; 9384 9385 /* Use the right PLT. */ 9386 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 9387 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry; 9388 9389 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */ 9390 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9391 { 9392 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9393 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset), 9394 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9395 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9396 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset), 9397 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9398 } 9399 else 9400 { 9401 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9402 9403 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9404 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc), 9405 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9406 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9407 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc), 9408 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9409 } 9410 9411 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2], 9412 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8); 9413 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3], 9414 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12); 9415 9416 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is 9417 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the 9418 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the 9419 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */ 9420 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a 9421 prescaled offset. */ 9422 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9423 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index, 9424 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16); 9425 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is 9426 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch 9427 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry. 9428 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value 9429 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit 9430 offset. */ 9431 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9432 (plt_entry[5] 9433 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)), 9434 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20); 9435 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6], 9436 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24); 9437 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7], 9438 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28); 9439 9440 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with 9441 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction 9442 in this PLT entry. */ 9443 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma 9444 + plt->output_offset 9445 + ent->plt.offset + 16), 9446 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset); 9447 9448 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9449 { 9450 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */ 9451 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents 9452 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index 9453 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS) 9454 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9455 9456 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 9457 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9458 + plt->output_offset 9459 + ent->plt.offset + 2); 9460 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9461 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 9462 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9463 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9464 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9465 9466 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 9467 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9468 + plt->output_offset 9469 + ent->plt.offset + 6); 9470 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9471 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 9472 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9473 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9474 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9475 9476 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this 9477 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */ 9478 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9479 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9480 + got_offset); 9481 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, 9482 R_PPC_ADDR32); 9483 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16; 9484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9485 } 9486 9487 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT. 9488 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the 9489 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified 9490 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of 9491 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */ 9492 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9493 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9494 + got_offset); 9495 rela.r_addend = 0; 9496 } 9497 else 9498 { 9499 rela.r_addend = 0; 9500 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9501 || h->dynindx == -1) 9502 { 9503 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9504 { 9505 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9506 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9507 } 9508 else 9509 { 9510 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9511 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; 9512 } 9513 if (h->def_regular 9514 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 9515 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 9516 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h); 9517 } 9518 9519 if (relplt == NULL) 9520 { 9521 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9522 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc); 9523 } 9524 else 9525 { 9526 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9527 + plt->output_offset 9528 + ent->plt.offset); 9529 9530 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 9531 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9532 || h->dynindx == -1) 9533 { 9534 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic 9535 linker will fill it in. */ 9536 } 9537 else 9538 { 9539 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset 9540 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 9541 + htab->glink->output_offset); 9542 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, 9543 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset); 9544 } 9545 } 9546 } 9547 9548 if (relplt != NULL) 9549 { 9550 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 9551 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9552 || h->dynindx == -1) 9553 { 9554 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9555 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9556 else 9557 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9558 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9559 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9560 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9561 } 9562 else 9563 { 9564 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT); 9565 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index 9566 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9567 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h)) 9568 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9569 } 9570 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9571 } 9572 doneone = TRUE; 9573 } 9574 9575 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 9576 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9577 || h->dynindx == -1) 9578 { 9579 unsigned char *p; 9580 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9581 9582 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9583 || h->dynindx == -1) 9584 { 9585 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9586 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9587 else 9588 break; 9589 } 9590 9591 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9592 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info); 9593 9594 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9595 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */ 9596 break; 9597 } 9598 else 9599 break; 9600 } 9601 return TRUE; 9602 } 9603 9604 /* Finish up PLT handling. */ 9605 9606 bfd_boolean 9607 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info) 9608 { 9609 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9610 bfd *ibfd; 9611 9612 if (!htab) 9613 return TRUE; 9614 9615 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info); 9616 9617 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 9618 { 9619 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got; 9620 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt; 9621 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 9622 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 9623 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; 9624 struct plt_entry *ent; 9625 9626 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 9627 continue; 9628 9629 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd); 9630 if (!local_got) 9631 continue; 9632 9633 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 9634 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 9635 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 9636 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 9637 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 9638 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt) 9639 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9640 { 9641 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9642 { 9643 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 9644 asection *sym_sec; 9645 asection *plt, *relplt; 9646 bfd_byte *loc; 9647 bfd_vma val; 9648 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9649 unsigned char *p; 9650 9651 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, 9652 lplt - local_plt, ibfd)) 9653 { 9654 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9655 free (local_syms); 9656 return FALSE; 9657 } 9658 9659 val = sym->st_value; 9660 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 9661 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma; 9662 9663 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9664 { 9665 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9666 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9667 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9668 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9669 } 9670 else 9671 { 9672 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9673 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9674 { 9675 relplt = htab->relpltlocal; 9676 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9677 } 9678 else 9679 { 9680 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9681 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc); 9682 continue; 9683 } 9684 } 9685 9686 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset 9687 + plt->output_offset 9688 + plt->output_section->vma); 9689 rela.r_addend = val; 9690 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9691 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9692 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9693 9694 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9695 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info); 9696 } 9697 } 9698 9699 if (local_syms != NULL 9700 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9701 { 9702 if (!info->keep_memory) 9703 free (local_syms); 9704 else 9705 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 9706 } 9707 } 9708 return TRUE; 9709 } 9710 9711 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various 9712 dynamic sections here. */ 9713 9714 static bfd_boolean 9715 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 9716 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9717 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 9718 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 9719 { 9720 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9721 struct plt_entry *ent; 9722 9723 #ifdef DEBUG 9724 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s", 9725 h->root.root.string); 9726 #endif 9727 9728 if (!h->def_regular 9729 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info))) 9730 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9731 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9732 { 9733 if (!h->def_regular) 9734 { 9735 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as 9736 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if 9737 there were any relocations where pointer equality 9738 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to 9739 make function pointer comparisons work between an 9740 application and shared library), otherwise set it 9741 to zero. */ 9742 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 9743 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) 9744 sym->st_value = 0; 9745 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) 9746 { 9747 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but 9748 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL 9749 function pointer. */ 9750 sym->st_value = 0; 9751 } 9752 } 9753 else 9754 { 9755 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie 9756 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid 9757 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in 9758 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic 9759 function symbols with plt entries, because we need 9760 to keep the original value around for the ifunc 9761 relocation. */ 9762 sym->st_shndx 9763 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section 9764 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section)); 9765 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset 9766 + htab->glink->output_offset 9767 + htab->glink->output_section->vma); 9768 } 9769 break; 9770 } 9771 9772 if (h->needs_copy) 9773 { 9774 asection *s; 9775 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9776 bfd_byte *loc; 9777 9778 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ 9779 9780 #ifdef DEBUG 9781 fprintf (stderr, ", copy"); 9782 #endif 9783 9784 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 9785 9786 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 9787 s = htab->relsbss; 9788 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) 9789 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 9790 else 9791 s = htab->elf.srelbss; 9792 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 9793 9794 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h); 9795 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY); 9796 rela.r_addend = 0; 9797 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9798 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9799 } 9800 9801 #ifdef DEBUG 9802 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9803 #endif 9804 9805 return TRUE; 9806 } 9807 9808 static enum elf_reloc_type_class 9809 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, 9810 const asection *rel_sec, 9811 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) 9812 { 9813 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9814 9815 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt) 9816 return reloc_class_ifunc; 9817 9818 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) 9819 { 9820 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 9821 return reloc_class_relative; 9822 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 9823 return reloc_class_plt; 9824 case R_PPC_COPY: 9825 return reloc_class_copy; 9826 default: 9827 return reloc_class_normal; 9828 } 9829 } 9830 9831 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ 9832 9833 static bfd_boolean 9834 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 9835 struct bfd_link_info *info) 9836 { 9837 asection *sdyn; 9838 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 9839 bfd_vma got; 9840 bfd *dynobj; 9841 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 9842 9843 #ifdef DEBUG 9844 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n"); 9845 #endif 9846 9847 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9848 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; 9849 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); 9850 9851 got = 0; 9852 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 9853 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9854 9855 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 9856 { 9857 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; 9858 9859 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); 9860 9861 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; 9862 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); 9863 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) 9864 { 9865 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 9866 asection *s; 9867 9868 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); 9869 9870 switch (dyn.d_tag) 9871 { 9872 case DT_PLTGOT: 9873 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 9874 s = htab->elf.sgotplt; 9875 else 9876 s = htab->elf.splt; 9877 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 9878 break; 9879 9880 case DT_PLTRELSZ: 9881 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size; 9882 break; 9883 9884 case DT_JMPREL: 9885 s = htab->elf.srelplt; 9886 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 9887 break; 9888 9889 case DT_PPC_GOT: 9890 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got; 9891 break; 9892 9893 case DT_TEXTREL: 9894 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver) 9895 info->callbacks->einfo 9896 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect " 9897 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 9898 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver) 9899 info->callbacks->einfo 9900 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect " 9901 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 9902 continue; 9903 9904 default: 9905 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 9906 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) 9907 break; 9908 continue; 9909 } 9910 9911 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); 9912 } 9913 } 9914 9915 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 9916 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 9917 { 9918 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot 9919 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt) 9920 { 9921 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents; 9922 9923 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 9924 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9925 { 9926 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4 9927 so that a function can easily find the address of 9928 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 9929 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4 9930 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 9931 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4); 9932 } 9933 9934 if (sdyn != NULL) 9935 { 9936 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset; 9937 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value 9938 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 9939 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p); 9940 } 9941 } 9942 else 9943 { 9944 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9945 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"), 9946 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string, 9947 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL 9948 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot)); 9949 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 9950 ret = FALSE; 9951 } 9952 9953 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; 9954 } 9955 9956 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */ 9957 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 9958 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 9959 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 9960 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 9961 { 9962 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt; 9963 /* Use the right PLT. */ 9964 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info) 9965 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 9966 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry); 9967 9968 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9969 { 9970 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9971 9972 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value), 9973 splt->contents + 0); 9974 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value), 9975 splt->contents + 4); 9976 } 9977 else 9978 { 9979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0); 9980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4); 9981 } 9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8); 9983 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12); 9984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16); 9985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20); 9986 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24); 9987 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28); 9988 9989 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 9990 { 9991 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9992 bfd_byte *loc; 9993 9994 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; 9995 9996 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 9997 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 9998 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 9999 + 2); 10000 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10001 rela.r_addend = 0; 10002 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 10003 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10004 10005 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 10006 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10007 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10008 + 6); 10009 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10010 rela.r_addend = 0; 10011 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 10012 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10013 10014 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong 10015 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order 10016 in which symbols were output. */ 10017 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) 10018 { 10019 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 10020 10021 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10022 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10023 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10024 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10025 10026 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10027 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10028 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10029 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10030 10031 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10032 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); 10033 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10034 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10035 } 10036 } 10037 } 10038 10039 if (htab->glink != NULL 10040 && htab->glink->contents != NULL 10041 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 10042 { 10043 unsigned char *p; 10044 unsigned char *endp; 10045 bfd_vma res0; 10046 10047 /* 10048 * PIC glink code is the following: 10049 * 10050 * # ith PLT code stub. 10051 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha 10052 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11) 10053 * mtctr 11 10054 * bctr 10055 * 10056 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry. 10057 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these 10058 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4. 10059 * res_0: b PLTresolve 10060 * res_1: b PLTresolve 10061 * . 10062 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops 10063 * res_n_m3: nop 10064 * res_n_m2: nop 10065 * res_n_m1: 10066 * 10067 * PLTresolve: 10068 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha 10069 * mflr 0 10070 * bcl 20,31,1f 10071 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l 10072 * mflr 12 10073 * mtlr 0 10074 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4 10075 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha 10076 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10077 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10078 * mtctr 0 10079 * add 0,11,11 10080 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10081 * bctr 10082 * 10083 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler. 10084 * 10085 * # ith PLT code stub. 10086 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha 10087 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11) 10088 * mtctr 11 10089 * bctr 10090 * 10091 * The branch table is the same, then comes 10092 * 10093 * PLTresolve: 10094 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha 10095 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha 10096 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10097 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4 10098 * mtctr 0 10099 * add 0,11,11 10100 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10101 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10102 * bctr 10103 */ 10104 10105 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one), 10106 and perhaps some padding. */ 10107 p = htab->glink->contents; 10108 p += htab->glink_pltresolve; 10109 endp = htab->glink->contents; 10110 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10111 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4)) 10112 { 10113 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p); 10114 p += 4; 10115 } 10116 while (p < endp) 10117 { 10118 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 10119 p += 4; 10120 } 10121 10122 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve 10123 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10124 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10125 10126 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround) 10127 { 10128 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't 10129 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the 10130 glink branch table. */ 10131 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 10132 bfd_vma page_addr; 10133 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10134 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10135 10136 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize; 10137 page_addr > glink_start; 10138 page_addr -= pagesize) 10139 { 10140 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */ 10141 bfd_byte *loc; 10142 unsigned int insn; 10143 10144 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start; 10145 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 10146 if (insn == BCTR) 10147 { 10148 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least 10149 one other call stub before this one. */ 10150 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16); 10151 if (insn == BCTR) 10152 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10153 else 10154 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10155 } 10156 } 10157 } 10158 10159 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */ 10160 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10161 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 10162 { 10163 bfd_vma bcl; 10164 10165 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4 10166 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10167 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10168 10169 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p); 10170 p += 4; 10171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p); 10172 p += 4; 10173 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p); 10174 p += 4; 10175 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p); 10176 p += 4; 10177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p); 10178 p += 4; 10179 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p); 10180 p += 4; 10181 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p); 10182 p += 4; 10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10184 p += 4; 10185 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl)) 10186 { 10187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10188 p += 4; 10189 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p); 10190 p += 4; 10191 } 10192 else 10193 { 10194 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10195 p += 4; 10196 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10197 p += 4; 10198 } 10199 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10200 p += 4; 10201 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10202 } 10203 else 10204 { 10205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p); 10206 p += 4; 10207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p); 10208 p += 4; 10209 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10211 else 10212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10213 p += 4; 10214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p); 10215 p += 4; 10216 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10217 p += 4; 10218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10219 p += 4; 10220 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p); 10222 else 10223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10224 } 10225 p += 4; 10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p); 10227 p += 4; 10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 10229 p += 4; 10230 while (p < endp) 10231 { 10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 10233 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 10234 p += 4; 10235 } 10236 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp); 10237 } 10238 10239 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 10240 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 10241 { 10242 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10243 bfd_vma val; 10244 10245 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 10246 /* FDE length. */ 10247 p += 4; 10248 /* CIE pointer. */ 10249 p += 4; 10250 /* Offset to .glink. */ 10251 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10252 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10253 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma 10254 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset); 10255 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10256 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 10257 10258 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME 10259 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, 10260 htab->glink_eh_frame, 10261 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)) 10262 return FALSE; 10263 } 10264 10265 return ret; 10266 } 10267 10268 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec 10269 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" 10270 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec 10271 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" 10272 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc 10273 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA 10274 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC 10275 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 10276 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 10277 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 10278 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto 10279 10280 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10281 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10282 #endif 10283 10284 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD 10285 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD 10286 #endif 10287 10288 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 10289 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 10290 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 10291 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 10292 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 10293 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 10294 10295 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject 10296 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data 10297 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section 10298 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup 10299 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup 10300 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags 10301 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create 10302 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab 10303 10304 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p 10305 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook 10306 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr 10307 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section 10308 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections 10309 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs 10310 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible 10311 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol 10312 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol 10313 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook 10314 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections 10315 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol 10316 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol 10317 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections 10318 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections 10319 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers 10320 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map 10321 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus 10322 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo 10323 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note 10324 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class 10325 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing 10326 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing 10327 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section 10328 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr 10329 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val 10330 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded 10331 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section 10332 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags 10333 10334 #include "elf32-target.h" 10335 10336 /* FreeBSD Target */ 10337 10338 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10339 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10340 10341 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10342 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec 10343 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10344 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd" 10345 10346 #undef ELF_OSABI 10347 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD 10348 10349 #undef elf32_bed 10350 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed 10351 10352 #include "elf32-target.h" 10353 10354 /* VxWorks Target */ 10355 10356 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10357 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10358 10359 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10360 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec 10361 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10362 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks" 10363 10364 #undef ELF_OSABI 10365 10366 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS 10367 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks 10368 10369 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */ 10370 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 10371 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 10372 { 10373 if (sec->name == NULL) 10374 return NULL; 10375 10376 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0) 10377 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10378 10379 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10380 } 10381 10382 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides 10383 appropriately for VxWorks. */ 10384 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10385 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10386 { 10387 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; 10388 10389 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); 10390 if (ret) 10391 { 10392 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab 10393 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret; 10394 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS; 10395 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10396 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10397 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE; 10398 } 10399 return ret; 10400 } 10401 10402 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */ 10403 static bfd_boolean 10404 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 10405 struct bfd_link_info *info, 10406 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 10407 const char **namep, 10408 flagword *flagsp, 10409 asection **secp, 10410 bfd_vma *valp) 10411 { 10412 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, 10413 valp)) 10414 return FALSE; 10415 10416 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp); 10417 } 10418 10419 static bfd_boolean 10420 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 10421 { 10422 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); 10423 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd); 10424 } 10425 10426 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so 10427 define it. */ 10428 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym 10429 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 10430 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt 10431 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 10432 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 10433 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0 10434 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 10435 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0 10436 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly 10437 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 10438 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size 10439 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 10440 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 10441 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 10442 10443 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab 10444 10445 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create 10446 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ 10447 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create 10448 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook 10449 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ 10450 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook 10451 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook 10452 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ 10453 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook 10454 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing 10455 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ 10456 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing 10457 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr 10458 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \ 10459 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr 10460 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs 10461 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \ 10462 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs 10463 10464 #undef elf32_bed 10465 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed 10466 10467 #include "elf32-target.h" 10468